Tumgik
#I plan to doing one of each queen
lindsaythomasin-art · 2 years
Text
Tumblr media
106 notes · View notes
welshoot · 2 years
Text
Aesthetic for taking Riddle’s hand
Tumblr media
20 notes · View notes
ripplefields · 2 years
Note
OH MAN
Scc e au my beloved!!
I was rewatching wall-e and got to the end part— with the crushing bit. I gotta ask if that’s part of the plot/story 👀
I am eating this au up, thank you for creating it!!
short answer: YEA IT IS AND I TOTALLY PLAN ON DRAWING IT AS WELL :D I LIKE HURT/COMFORT/MORE HURT/MORE COMFORT
long answer which probably includes spoilers for both the movie and the au:
so i think i slightly established this in the most recent post but the plant = the empty disc
queen wants it back as she believes if she gets the disc back, she can bring cyber city (and ONLY the city, still leaving the outskirts to rot) salvation. spamton, on the other hand, secretly wants the disc to gain control of the neo body, and to gain control in general. cap'n is sent to many parts of the outskirts to search for it, inevitability he meets k_k, he finds the disc in their bag, shuts down, and inevitably returns to the city with the disc (and k_k who unknowingly tagged along for the ride back up)
a ton more stuff i'll get into later they meet sweet sweet joins the crew rogue robot rebellion helps some addisons snap out of their business trance and see the city for what it is ("i didn't know we had a roller coaster!") they gain a following ok now the END .
different from the movie tho, spamton actually DOES get the disc and takes the neo body . so now the triple r's plan isn't 'get the disc to queen' it's 'get spamton out of the disc and THEN get it to queen' cap'ns the only one with a firearm so he takes care of the strings pretty easily, but once the body is out of commission, as a last point of actiom before dying, spamton picks up k_k and crushes them .
they get the disc emptied after spamton is defeated, but addisons bring it to her for them, they're too busy rushing k_k back to the outskirts to repair what they can of them (i am also keeping the memory loss section in . read the short answer :] ) queen sees the state of the outskirts and decides she should pitch in on making the outskirts a better place, seeing as it's been rotting and dying for as long as she can remember
9 notes · View notes
baekdaedream · 2 years
Text
Url mixtape game
Tagged by @kafkascupcake, thanks Feli!
Rules: pick a song for each letter of your URL then tag the same number of blogs
Baby Don’t Cry by EXO
ANL by NCT Dream
El Dorado by EXO
King and Queen by EXO-CBX
Day After Day by EXO
After Midnight by WayV
End to Start by NCT 127
Dreaming by NCT Dream
Rose by D.O.
Exclusive by Taemin
Ascetic Monk by Lay
Moonwalk by WayV
tagging.. wow hardly any of my mutuals (or blogs in general..) I follow are very active anymore (some have been gone for years hope they’re doing well) so I’ll just tag a few we can ignore the game rules. Tagging! @dayafterdae, @hooned, @aerisosweet, @soft-daes, @ohsenhun, @elyxion, @abunnycotton, and @your-sophie18 😊
6 notes · View notes
samwisefamgee · 7 months
Text
haven't done anything on Sunday for the past two fucking months because a friend has made plans for all of us then canceled them the day of or before every. fucking. time.
#this is great for my social anxiety btw#yes queen give us nothing#give us LESS than nothing by making absolutely sure we dont have plans on sundays specifically so you can tell us to fuck off each sunday#its not giving me the vibe that you dont want us around at all and it DEF isnt compounded by your recent behavior on the#FEW#FUCKING#OCCASIONS#we actually DO hang out#how is it from the dawn of my life to now almost each individual amongst my family and friends has managed to do some shit#that makes me think without a doubt that all the time I spent trying to connect with them was a fool's fuckin errand?#just get out of my life or tell me to get out of yours STOP FUCKING WASTING BOTH OF OUR TIME#how can they even fucking live like this#are all your relationships this shallow? why does every motherfucker in my life have the depth of a teaspoon No One Is Seeking Understandin#we spend YEARS building a relationship and you treat me like we've met like 4 times and kinda hated each other about it. why did you bother#we're friends right? right? you havent been fuckin with me for years now just because you dont care about any of your relationships right??#TELL ME DIDNT I PUT ALL OF MY EGGS IN THE WRONG! FUCKING! BASKETS! FOR TWO STRAIGHT DECADES#i swear i've only taken the time to befriend people who arent shitheads but i think i fucked up by making that the only standard#maybe that is a waste of time of they're all 'good' people with no drive to build relationships in life#because this isnt a one way street and im getting tired of fighting traffic from your end#anyway this frustration miiiight be coming from more than just the sundays thing if that wasnt evident
1 note · View note
inkskinned · 5 months
Text
it is the first snow today. i think we should all have off work, even though it didn't stick. i think there should be 4 national holidays, one for each season. happy first snow, go home and make cookies. for spring it can be the first crocus. for summer the first lightning bug. for autumn, the first golden leaf. go home, kiss your dog, feed your cat (who is absolutely already-fed but somehow still starving.)
i think we should all take more showers together, but i mean that in the soft way. i mean it like taking a nap. two years ago i had 5 adult friends in my queen bed, all of us laying across each other, head over belly over thigh over hand. any time one of us would giggle, it would ripple over each of us, like pulling on a spiderweb. kim actually needed to nap and didn't get to sleep and i am still sorry for it even though this is one of my most precious memories.
i think we should all wash each other's hair, i mean. i walk my dog and i watch someone put up twinkle lights around their front porch. alex and i just moved, and i love the neighborhood. already so many of our new neighbors have stopped by to say hello. the nice lady downstairs also collects plants, like me. she gave us her number on a pink post-it note. i am trying to decide whether to make her cookies or brownies.
i am going through a very hard time. something bad happened this weekend that i do not wish to discuss. it is hanging over me. i think of the green ribbon, and the woman who had her throat cut. it feels like that sometimes, inside of my body. like i am walking and talking despite being half-corpsed. like i am hanging on by a ribbon, standing on some kind of cusp. i keep saying - at least it wasn't worse. we are so lucky it wasn't worse. the idea is river-rock smooth now, all the edges worried off.
in this very dark night - the sun sets by 3 now - people don't need to, but they try anyway. they paint the missing light into things. i have an embarrassing number of missed calls and texts, but i feel the love from them nevertheless - hey. if you need something, i'm here. i will bring you food/puzzles/anything. i got you.
i think we should all have a big group chat where we do errands with strangers. this week i got lost in a home depot, which is wild because i'm a lesbian and we are actually hatched in a lowe's lumber section. there were two other women in the whole store. we ended up shopping together, at first by accident (we all needed things in the same aisle), and then because, well, why not. one of the ladies was taller than me, so she pulled down the screws i needed. i am agile and have the personality of a raccoon, so they sent me after anything below 3 feet. we talked about holiday plans and never learned each other's names, but did learn all the drama about each other's families.
i am making you cupcakes, because i have so much affection i want to pour it into batter. you ask me if i am eating enough per meal. i wrap your gift twice, trying to do it prettily. i get excited to give it to you, just because i hope you'll be excited too.
my parents drive an hour just to see the new apartment and to do the parent thing; standing in the kitchen saying things like "oh you'll get so much use from this dishwasher" and "well, you could paint that" and "when your mother and i moved it was uphill both ways and in a snowstorm and of course your brother was an infant." my mother brought me a plant for housewarming. i always say i love you before she leaves.
i play dnd on tuesdays still, after all these years. we all keep that night free. at one point, between grad school and marriage and all of it, we had to have a serious discussion about how to keep it running. we will keep going, we decided eventually. just to see each other, even if we don't play - you are all important to me. sebastian is not prone to affection but last night he stole my usual sign off - i love you all, be good, he said. he was laughing.
i don't love the winter, actually. i like snow in theory, but i grew up in the north, and am too-familiar with the season of "mud and sludge". i don't like being cold. but i do love something kind of soft and rare: every year around this time, people remember oh yes. you and i are human together. and i have love to spare.
it is the first snow, and something in my heart is finally warm again. i have spent what felt like the last 18 months just going-through-the-motions. it has felt blank and immediate, like i would never actually feel again. that sounds extremely trite and stupid - but that is the boring and familiar experience of depression. life just washes up against your windows, and you watch it happening. you see things that should be lovely and affecting, and it just whispers too-thin. i was desperately uncreative. uninterested in my hobbies. unimpressed by my writing. i told my therapist, often, i don't know how to find hope again.
almost sheepishly, something strange and lovely is burning in my chest. i keep not-looking at it, worried it will scamper back into the shadows again. it is skittish and wild, but it is so warm i want to sink my hands into its fur and feel it breathing. i love-hate it: if it's real, it can hurt me when it leaves again. but i am icarus-born, sun-lover and poet: i can't help myself. despite my best intentions, i am falling in love with life again.
i am planning to make cookies for my friends. alex and i are going to go christmas tree shopping. we picked out matching dish towels last night, and they have little mushrooms on them.
i love you. it does come back. yes, even after a long time. even for you. i promise. keep trying. you will wake up and it will be a day you can smile about.
write me when you get there. we will take the day off of work, and i will wash your hair, and we will both be laughing.
4K notes · View notes
smutoperator · 3 months
Text
King Of Oshiri
Miyawaki Sakura, Nakamura Kazuha, Minatozaki Sana, Myoi Mina, Hirai Momo x Male Reader
Tags: A2M, (lots of) anal, asses, butts, culos, creampies, facefuck, hotwife, japanese, (a little) lesbian, orgy, reverse gangbang, rough sex
Word count: 12911.
You had a longtime fascination for Japanese idols in K-pop. From the first time you saw a cute Japanese girl saying "shy, shy, shy" back on TV, you fell in love with every single one of them. Today, that love reached its biggest point, as you were about to secretly marry your favorite among them all: the queen herself, Miyawaki Sakura. When you first discovered her on Produce 48 and knew her long history in Japan, you thought it would be impossible to even meet her, yet here you are today with the wife of your dreams and all her friends attending the ceremony.
Tumblr media
The honeymoon night was the most intense of your life. Sakura was really into some bed-breaking sex and rocked the night. One day into your marriage, you already had questions about whether you could satisfy such a crazy sexual appetite. Sakura had never shown it to you when you guys were dating, but as soon as she became a married woman, she flipped a switch.
The next day, you found out Sakura wasn't going to lift her foot off the gas. The tiring night before meant you were late to wake up, but Sakura had no issues, showing up at your door wearing just a garter belt tied to her stockings and nothing else. Her tits were completely uncovered, and so was her pussy, meaning she had already graced you with an almost nude frontal sight first thing in the morning. With you still naked in bed and looking at your morning wood under the sheets, you assumed Sakura would be starting the day with a morning sex session. But she had different plans.
"Get up and come here," Sakura asked you, who did it just as she had ordered it. "Let's go downstairs," she said. Sakura grabbed your hands and showed you the way towards the gaming lounge. That confused you. Even though you knew she was very much into gaming, why would she need to play video games wearing barely anything on a cold day? But soon her plan would start to make sense as you saw a fit, tall woman lying on the couch Sakura normally plays video games.
Tumblr media
Sakura greeted her younger groupmate, Kazuha, with a kiss. A little embarrassed, you tried to cover your genitalia in front of Zuha, but she barely looked at you as Sakura kept kissing her. "What are you doing to me today?" you asked, still very confused. But both of them could only laugh before Sakura actually said, "It's a surprise." Trying to break the ice, you complimented Kazuha, saying she was beautiful. "Yes, she is gorgeous," Sakura said, gleefully taking Kazuha's jeans out and unveiling her fit and toned body for you. "Look at her body, baby, isn't it amazing?" Sakura asked you as Kazuha turned around and took off her shirt as well, showing you her sexy back and especially her great ass as she bent over in your direction.
"Good God, you got such a great ass," you told Kazuha. "It's beautiful; it's truly my inspiration," Sakura said as she gave Kazuha's left cheek a kiss. "It's so sexy when you kiss her," you told Sakura. "I can see you like that," she replied. "I love seeing beautiful girls having fun," you said as Sakura pulled Kazuha's bra to the side and started kissing her cute little tits in front of you. It didn't take long until both got very touchy and kissed each other while grabbing their asses. Then it was Kazuha's turn to suck Sakura's healthy tits. "Let me see these hard-trained asses," you asked both as they turned around and flashed them in front of you, grabbing each other's cheeks. Kazuha gave Sakura's butt a little spanking as they giggled with you in awe at both's asses.
Sakura got on top of Kazuha, stacking their asses up. You could see your wife's meaty pussy you had pounded so hard the night before rubbing against Kazuha's white panties. "Maybe we should get her naked," you asked Sakura, but before you had even finished, she had already taken Kazuha's bra off. Both laughed when you started stroking your wood in front of them like a dirty pervert. Sakura kissed Zuha's neck while you looked at the youngster's body. Reaching under Zuha's angelic-looking panties, Sakura started fingering the youngster's pussy in front of you while spreading Zuha's long legs. Mouth in her neck, right hand in her tits, left hand in her pussy, Sakura was doing everything to get Zuha wet as quickly as possible, as the youngster enjoyed her unnie's magical touch.
After a while, Sakura stopped, and Kazuha bent over on the couch, with her unnie taking Zuha's panties off. Her meaty slit, just like Sakura's, showed off, but what drew your attention was the butt plug shoved on Zuha's rectum. "That's beautiful!" you exclaimed. "So shiny and pretty," Sakura added, showing her tongue and putting it close to Zuha's anal plug while fingering her pussy. Kkura then moved towards the plug, trying to take it out of Zuha's tight hole. "Look how shiny it is, baby," Sakura said. Zuha's young butthole as just as tight as you would expect. After both tasted the plug with their mouths, Sakura put it back inside Zuha's anus at your orders, as you wanted her hole to remain a surprise to you, but not before giving a few licks on Zuha's ass and putting her index finger up there. "Her asshole is so nice, tight, and warm," Sakura described.
"Look at this gorgeous body; do you wanna touch her?" Sakura asked you as she placed her thumb in Zuha's clit. You started touching Zuha's firm ass, and your thumb fingered her already wet pussy, thanks to your wife's efforts. "Let me slap it," you asked Kazuha, spanking her beautiful ass multiple times and getting impressed at her overall fitness. You grabbed her butt plug once more, removing it on your own to take an extra look at her beautiful asshole. "Spread it open for me," you asked Sakura, who grabbed Zuha's cheeks before inserting it back in. "Oh my God, this is amazing." You were in awe at Zuha's sexy ass but also at her very enticing pussy right in your eyesight. The only thing preventing you from fucking her right away were the second thoughts you were having about cheating on your wife in front of her on your first day of marriage.
"Stand up and shake your ass for me," you asked Kazuha, who now looked even more beautiful. Her tall frame looked very amazing, and her legs were to die for. Sakura wasn't lying when she said her body was her inspiration. Zuha bent over and started shaking her fit butt in front of you. "Wanna see her pink pussy?" Sakura intervened, spreading it as Zuha finished twerking. "Look how pink it is," Kkura said, but you only had eyes for Kazuha's ass. "Keep shaking. Shake it for me, my  baby, you ordered. Zuha started laughing as her ass bounced. "You're getting him harder," Sakura told her, as both of them were now laughing. "You know, hubby, she's only the first," Sakura said. "What do you mean?" you asked, but both just kept giggling and getting touchy with each other. "Come to the kitchen, baby; there are more delicious dishes waiting for you," Sakura continued, taking Zuha by her hand and moving towards the kitchen. As you three arrived, an angelic, cute woman in white lingerie was waiting for you.
Tumblr media
"Oh, my God," you said as a very recognizable face appeared in your sight. Sana really knew how to fit in everywhere she went. If Sakura and Kazuha were in a group of fallen angels, she made sure to match them perfectly. Sana's giggle was one of the most unique you ever heard of. She was really the only girl that could pull stuff like "shy shy shy" and look like a total hot bombshell the next second. Her amazing duality was now fully on display to you. Sakura got in front of her, giving Sana a few kisses. "She's so pretty." Even though you had known Sana for a long time, all you could muster was a reaction that made you look dumb. They just ignored you as your wife continued kissing her unnie while Kazuha watched.
Sana turns her head and grabs Kazuha's, kissing the youngster while Sakura moves to play with her torso, licking it from top to bottom and giving special attention to Sana's navel, knowing it turns her unnie on a lot, as she moans as soon as Sakura lands her tongue on Sana's belly button. As Kazuha turns her attention to Sana's white bra, Sakura goes even lower and starts kissing Sana in areas close to her pussy, but taking care to avoid it so she can tease her. "Lick it," you order Sakura, who puts her tongue into Sana's fabric while Kazuha teases Sana's bra, moving to take it off but backing off at the last second to tease her unnie.
"Let me have a taste of her," you ask Sakura regarding Sana. "Wait," she answers back. "Stand up, show him your full body," Sakura orders Sana, who shows you her striking beauty. Sana then turns around and showcases her ass. Just like she did to Zuha, Sakura grabs and spanks Sana's cheeks and shows them to you. "That's a beautiful ass that she has," you compliment Sana. Kkura and Zuha touch her together for a bit, and then Sakura moves to take Sana's panties off. "Slip those panties off," Sakura says as she does it, unveling Sana's anal plug.
"Wow, she has it too?", you ask after playing with Zuha's plug a while ago. Sana's butt plug isn't an ordinary one; she has a custom-made plug crafted by Graff, which she endorses, with multiple diamonds that spell her name in Japanese (サナ). Some have diamonds in the sky, in their eyes, but Sana has them up her ass. "Spread her ass; let me see it," you demand. "Those diamonds are such a nice touch," you say, unaware of how expensive they truly are. "You wanna see what her holes look like?" Sakura asks. "Yes, let me get in there," you immediately answer, but Sakura is very protective of her unnie and covers Sana's plug and pussy with her hand.
Sakura then tries to remove Sana's anal plug, but she struggles. Her butthole is just too tight and clenches at the minimal sight of any air entering its insides. The tip of the plug inside Sana's anus bulges as Sakura tries to push it out, changing the tone of Sana's skin around her rectum to an even pinker shade. "It doesn't wanna come out," Sakura says. It takes a while until she finally manages to do so. But your look at Sana's stretched butthole is short-lived, as it quickly clenches just a few seconds after the plug is off her hole. "Such a pretty butthole she has," you compliment as Kkura and Zuha taste Sana's plug and laugh. "Put it back inside," you ask as Sakura tongues Sana's tight anus for her own enjoyment before meeting your demand as Kazuha spanks Sana's butt.
"Turn around for me; I wanna see her titties too," you ask, taking a frontal look at Sana's sexy body. She takes the initiative herself, pulling her bra to the side and showing you her perky tits before Sakura takes it all off. "May I touch it?" you ask her. Kkura and Zuha quickly take advantage of it, with the older Le Sserafim girl licking Sana's left nipple while the young one licks her right nipple. Sana giggles at her boobs being stimulated, and you tell them it's beautiful. Wisely, Sakura also places her hands on Sana's pink slit when you feel jealous of them. "So nice and hard," Sakura says about Sana's nipples while you stare at their hands covering Sana's vagina. "Incredible pussy," you tell Sana while Sakura fingers it. You'll really have to fight your own wife to get it.
"It's so wet," Sakura says as she spreads Sana's pussy lips. "Touch her for me," you ask as Sakura keeps playing with Sana's clit and cunt. Sana squeaks a little as Sakura places her fingers inside her unnie's clit. "Check that beautiful pink pussy", Sakura says, leading all three of them to giggle. Her inner lips are very meaty, while her outer lips are perfectly shaped for Sakura to place her fingers between them. "I love that pussy," Kazuha says as they keep giggling while Sakura keeps circling her fingers around Sana's pink hole. "Let's put both pussies next to each other," you ask Sakura, wanting to compare Sana's and Zuha's breeding holes. Sakura touches both of them; they are similarly shaped, but Sana's a little meatier, especially on the inner lips. You touch Zuha's pussy while Kkura keeps playing with Sana's. "I think we should eat both of these pussies," Sakura says as she dives into Sana's clit and takes Zuha's pussy away from you. Your wife is truly leaving no crumbs, as she sucks both dry and gets them wet. "Such a good tongue," Sana praises Kkura, moaning hard as Sakura effectively sucks her cunt like a vacuum cleaner. "Sakura-chan, you're so good, fuck," Sana screams as Sakura sweeps her tongue on her.
"Now it's my turn," you tell the girls. "Sit them on the chair," you ask. Sakura does sit Kazuha in the chair and moves to eat her pussy now while Sana kisses the younger one. The teasing continues as they leave you out of their little menage. Zuha gets ganged up with Sakura tonguing her clit while Sana uses her hand on it and gives a little tap on Zuha's honey thighs. "Alright girls, turn around and put your knees in the chair to show me those asses," you ask them, to which they finally oblige. "Now this is what I want," you say as Sana and Zuha get on their knees with their buttocks facing you. Sakura gives Sana's ass some hard spankings while going soft on Zuha's, who is also the first girl you grab to get eaten out.
You dive between Zuha's cheeks, first licking the base of her anal plug. Sana and Sakura kiss the youngest up top while you yank her plug with much ease and start fucking her ass using it, moving the accessory up and down Kazuha's shithole. You move to Sana and do the same thing, but this time sniffing her cheeks. You get amazed at her rose-scented smell and the care Sana takes of her body, to the point that even her dirtiest holes are good-smelling. Just like Sakura before, you struggle to take Sana's plug out of her asshole. "Oh my God, you're really holding onto it," you tell her, leading Sana to gush out a loud giggle. She really does her best to keep it tight, doesn't she?. "Take your time," she tells you, not long before you finally manage to take it off. Her butthole is so small you could struggle to fit a marble inside, let alone a thick cock like yours.
You savor your reward, diving your face straight into Sana's asshole. "Tongue that asshole," Sana orders you as you grab her cheeks while she dunks your head towards her butt. "Bury that face in that ass, baby; it's where it belongs," Sakura tells you as Sana gives a little ass shake. You go deeper, taking not only your tongue but also your nose as you smell Sana's rectum. "That's where your face belongs, right between those ass cheeks," your wife keeps going, demanding you to keep eating Sana's bumhole as you pick up the pace. "That's right, put that tongue in that fucking little asshole." It's Sana's turn to heat you up as she moves her cheeks left and right as you continue to tongue her anus.
"How does that ass taste?" Sakura keeps teasing you, but you don't hear her. The smell of Sana's ass penetrating your nostrils gives you a primal urge to fuck her. Sana can sense it as she puts her head on the kitchen table, bracing herself for an intense anal penetration. However, you surprise her by pointing your massive, thick cock towards her tight, wet cunt. "You can put it in," Sakura says, giving the green light, and any second thoughts you had disappear as you attack Sana's poon hard from the start. Her moans are soft and almost childish; in a way, she's like one of the few girls that can still do aegyo while a massive meat rod stretches her out.
"Let me help spread her ass for you," Sakura says as Sana clearly struggles with the way you stab her tight pussy. Even for a seasoned veteran girl like her, your cock was in the top 1% of intensity, length, and girth, giving her a pounding she had rarely taken. "FUCK! GOSH!" Sana is already screaming as she tries to please herself, placing her own fingers in her clit. Even though Sana is the fucking subject, your eyes are on your wife's. You really don't want Sakura to feel jealous for fucking another girl in a way you had never done to her, even on your honeymoon. "Don't you like how that tight pussy grips your cock?" Sakura asks you. And indeed, you loved it. Sana's pussy really didn't let anything in besides your cock. No queefing was heard, as no air could even get in. The permanent friction makes her hole super wet, but the tightness means your cock fills her to the fullest in a way even she wasn't accustomed to, as she just closes her eyes and rides the pain of each thurst.
You pull out of Sana's pussy and let Kazuha taste the juices out of your cock; her sloppy sucking provides you with the extra lubrication to go back inside Sana's tight hole and also helps her unnie. With a wetter cock and Sana now acclimated to your big prick, your poundings don't result in her feeling pain and almost crying, but rather make her smile and feel delighted. Sana's juice provides the wetness your cock needs, and after a few thursts, you switch to Kazuha's. Unsurpringly, her young pussy is also very tight, but even with an easier entrance, it proves to be a challenger, as she's much less experienced and doesn't have many reps taking a girth 8-inch like yours, unlike Sana.
Luckily for Zuha, you are kinder to her than you were to Sana, grabbing her hot body and providing her a firm grip to hold onto while not going as hard in her pussy. Her biggest challenge is actually taking her unnies and overstimulating her, as Sakura kisses her while Sana sucks her perky little tits. You three provide Kazuha with a rough but passionate experience, with you increasing the pace as Zuha feels more comfortable while Sana kisses her and Sakura now fingers her pussy down under. "Unnies, I think I'm going to cum. Ahhhhhhhh!" Kazuha moans. Indeed, such ovverstimulation was new to her, as she juices flow into your massive instrument and you pull out of her. She feels overwhelmed but smiles at you, especially as you are a gentleman to her, and you help her get out of the chair.
There is more waiting for you, though. Sakura grabs the two other girls by her hands, guiding them towards your house's main hall. You follow them from behind to keep catching a glimpse of their bouncy asses. Just as you guys enter the hall, a fourth woman appears sitting on a chair while fingering her pussy, probably having impure thoughts of all the noise you four had made in that kitchen.
Tumblr media
Mina appeared in white lingerie similar to Sana's, but she had already taken her panties off a long time ago. The pillow under her chair was already wet with her juices. She also holds a dildo, which she licks while staring at you with naughty eyes. "Do you like her?" Sakura asks you, but you have no time for talking. Noticing her meaty cunt as she already has her legs spread and also the butt plug she has craved in her shithole, you get on your knees and eat Mina's clit right from the start. "That pussy is so sweet," Sana tells you while Sakura kisses Mina up top. I guess she has lots of experience tasting it.
As you keep sucking Mina's insides, Sakura takes Minari's bra off, with her still holding the dildo in her mouth. Sana watches you, probably ready to pounce as soon as she gets a chance. For now, she takes Mina's mouth and grabs her tits instead. Sakura and Kazuha are now having fun together as Zuha eats her unnie's pussy, leaving the affair with Mina as a little menage à trois between you, her, and Sana. "Put that ass up," you order Mina, wanting to see her anal plug and cheeks up closer. Mina's ass is so big, it was almost burying the plug out of your sight. You take Mina's perfectly shaved pussy and eat it out, while Sana now holds Mina's dildo and rubs it against her groupmate's clit as you switch your attention to the plug.
You play with Minari's plug, putting it in and out of her ass; meanwhile, Sana shoves the dildo back into Mina's pussy while kissing her. You look up top and see your wife orgasming with the young Kazuha working her tongue in her pussy. As Sakura climaxes, your eyes set sights back into Mina, who grabs your wife's tits while taking the dildo back from Sana and fucking herself in the pussy. You start tonguing Mina's little anus. "Let's eat her out together," you tell Sana, who takes her tongue out like a maniac and vigorously licks Mina's pussy, who now shoves her little toy into Kazuha's mouth. "Let me get a taste of that ass," Sakura tells you as she joins the fun, and Mina now fingers herself, even putting a tad of her fingers in Sakura's mouth while Kazuha is now the one sucking her tits.
Sana leaves her sloppy marks in the dildo, which Mina grabs back and shoves in Kazuha's mouth. As Sakura puts her middle finger up Mina's anus, Sana spits on her groupmate's cunt. Kkura wants more of it, as she now stretches Mina's asshole with two fingers. Sana does the same, but inside Mina's pussy, with the big-assed Japanese-American girl now getting double penetrated by a pair of fingers. Sakura is the first to pull out, making Mina taste her dirty shithole, to which she laughs. Kkura also gives Zuha some sloppy seconds while Sana takes full control of Mina's pussy, as Sakura also spits on it. You then grab the dildo from Sana's hands, who asks.
"What are you gonna do to her? Are you gonna fuck that ass?" Sana asks. Indeed, you were, but first with the dildo shoved up Mina's rectum. "Yes, spit on it; put it in there," Mina orders as the dildo easily slides inside her butthole. "AHHH FUCK!" Mina screams as once again she gets double-stuffed, this time by the dildo and Sana's fingers. "You like how her ass opens up for you? You like how it's getting ready for that dick?" Sakura kisses you, while Mina enjoys the kisses of both Kazuha and Sana. As these two move down to Mina's nipples, you start thursting the dildo up her ass. Now Mina is the one stuffing her fingers inside her own pussy.
"I think it's time to put my cock in there," you say, removing the dildo and feeding it into Kazuha's mouth, then Mina's, finally handing it to Sana as she fucks Mina's face with it. "Which hole do you wanna put it in?" Sakura asks. You choose the asshole. "Yes, put it right there," Mina cheers as you insert your tip in while Kazuha and Sana overstimulate her sucking her tits. Mina asks you to push it deeper as you finger her pussy. It turns out she has a lot of experience taking even the biggest cocks up that fat ass. Sana spanks Minari's pussy and gets some kisses from Sakura as you conquer Mina's anal cavity. "Oh my God!" you scream as Mina's butthole presses hard against your cock while Kazuha and Sana keep sucking the fat ass girl's tits.
"Everybody, let's spit on this dick," Sakura orders, starting it herself, followed by Zuha, Sana, and Mina herself. The three keep trading spits, turning Mina's thighs into a sloppy mess. "Who wants to suck it?" you ask, pulling out of Mina's asshole. Sana is the first to volunteer, as she really enjoys a dirty ass-to-mouth. She grabs your balls and sucks your prick all the way deep, rewarding you with a huge throatfuck that almost makes you cum when Sakura presses Sana's head into your crotch. Thanks to her help, you go back inside Mina's rectum with much more ease. Mina smiles as you stretch her out with an extra spit added by Sana. All three girls team up to help you two, as Kazuha fingers her pussy, Sana kisses her groupmate, and Sakura dives under you to suck your balls as you thurst in and out. Zuha and Sana then trade positions, with the latter spanking Mina's pussy.
"Baby, you're gonna make me cum," you say as Sakura keeps warming up your testicles, getting you ready to release. You have to pull out of Mina's asshole, but Sakura taking your cock in her warm mouth as soon as you do doesn't help much. You put her finger on Mina's pussy while holding herself back from bursting inside your wife's throat. "So you want the best of both worlds," Mina tells you when you pull out of your wife's mouth and put your cock in her pussy. But knowing you were about to explode, Kkura sets you up as she keeps massaging your balls anyway, leading to a very short stint inside Mina's cunt as you release your seeds inside it, taking her by surprise, but she loves it anyway. Lucky for you, Sana is right there to scoop the cum that keeps glued to your cock, taking it in her mouth and leading to you not deflating as soon as you burst.
Sana giggles as she slaps your cock in her face and jerks you off, helping you regain the erection you had just lost. "Come here, I have some more," Sakura says, with you still recovering with Sana's help. It turns out she isn't even halfway done, leading her convoy of girls towards the living room, where a fifth woman, already on all fours on the couch and wearing sexy red lingerie, waits for them.
Tumblr media
Momo's body never ceases to amaze you. She was so small yet could pack a punch that very few idols could. No wonder Sakura's first question as you four approached the living room was a quick "Do you see her ass?". Of course, you did. "Look at this," Sakura said as the four girls surrounded Momo. Her ass was already on full display, and just like everybody else, she had a butt plug in her bumhole. Momo laughed as the four girls praised her body, gifting the young Kazuha her first kiss while Sakura grabbed her ass and her two groupmates watched from above. Sakura, Mina, and Kazuha were the first three to give Momo a lick in the ass, while Sana kissed her and gave Momo a big smile.
"Let's make her wet," Sakura ordered. You're still out of frame trying to recover yourself while watching the girls make out with each other. Kazuha, as the first to also give Momo's pussy a lick, seemed like she really wanted to prove herself to her more experienced unnies. Momo was already being touched left and right like the main course of a buffet, but as Sakura was kissing her, Sana took the initiative and removed her groupmate's anal plug. Momo wasn't very fond of it. "Put it back in," she ordered, as if she were still saving her anus for something bigger. Sana obliged, but not without saying. "Sorry, baby, I just wanted to see how big that asshole is." Indeed, Momo's asshole was the most stretched out of the five, thanks to her longtime reputation as an anal queen. In the naughty underworld of K-pop, every single one of those girls had already been penetrated by multiple cocks at the same time, with the exception of the still-young Kazuha, including a few times when they had two in the same hole. But Momo is one of the few who once endured having three big rods stretch her ass at the same time. You weren't aware of it, but knowing her reputation, the bar to set was really high.
Sana kept plugging in and out of Momo's asshole while Kazuha fingered her pussy and Mina kissed her, then going further and fucking Momo's mouth with her hands and then spitting on her throat. "Show me the fucking whore you are," Mina told her, fisting Momo's throat deep while Sana spanked her butt and Kazuha tongueed her plug. Sana was particularly obsessed with Momo's asshole. "Make it gape," she ordered Kazuha. "One. Two. Three," she counted after Zuha put it back in, and she ordered another removal to spit on Momo's asshole. "Right down that fucking hole," Sana said as she watched her saliva disappear inside Momo's anus. "Such a nice butthole," Sakura said, which made Momo burst into laughter. "I love watching you girls have fun," she continued as once again her groupmates spread Momo's asshole wide open, and it was Mina's turn to spit inside of it.
"Take it out; we are all going to spit in there," Sakura told Kazuha, who held Momo's butt plug. The girls counted to three and spread Momo's ass, hitting her gaping anus from all sides, laughing at her (literally) sorry ass. Sana and Mina were the ones having the most fun. Sakura spiced things up as she did her classic special of putting your middle finger up a girl's pussy once more, leading Momo to let out a few moans. "Oh, yes, please do it," she demanded. "Do it, do it, do it," Sana added. "Spread that fucking asshole. She fucking wants it," she continued. "What she wants is that fucking cock deep inside her," Sana giggled.
Sakura sat on Momo's face, letting her unnie eat her bushy pussy. "She's a hungry slut." Mina and Sana continued to mock her groupmate as they overwhelmed Momo. "Hmm, look at those titties," Mina said as she slapped them while Sakura continued to ride Momo's dumb face, making her moan. "YESSSS!" Momo screamed as Sana put her thumb up her cunt. Momo then bounced Sakura's ass down her face and started eating her butthole as well. Meanwhile, Mina and Sana continued to go out of their minds, with the former conguing Momo's asshole while the latter was eating her pussy, while Sakura took Momo's bra off. Soon, Momo had girls teaming up in her fuckholes. Mina and Kazuha took her big gaping anus, with Sakura following it later, while Sana had her pussy all by herself. The other four girls knew they could go rough on Momo, and she would take it. She was Japan's top fuckhole, the #1 sex toy, and the girl with millions of followers who would do the wildest things just to get a day or night with her.
I guess the wildest thing you did was marry one of her friends. As you reappeared in the frame fully ready, your cock thobbing harder than ever as you watched this whole debauchery between five hot girls. "Open that ass." You already started giving Momo an order, to which she obliged like the good fucktoy she is. "Bring her closer to me." You continued to give orders, which the other girls followed. For the first time, your massive tip appeared in Momo's eyesight. In a rare thing for her, she looked frightened, blessing herself not to get ripped apart by your massive member. Whatever Sakura may have told her, it truly made one of the fearless girls you've ever met scared. Momo backed off a little, with the girls having to send her back in your direction.
Sana gave Momo a little hug as she spat on Sana's pussy and then started fucking Sana's mouth with her hands. Until she suddenly screamed. "YES. Yes, yes," she said as a tsunami of sensations emanated from her asshole. It was just the tip of your cock getting inserted in her. You couldn't say you didn't feel a bit pressured watching Momo feel so scared of your pole, to the point where you now wanted to confirm her fears and much more. "FUCK!!!!!" she screamed and dove into Sana's pussy to cope with the pain, even though out of your 8 inches, only a quarter were even inside her. Mina was the one enjoying a privileged view of it, as she grabbed both Momo's cheeks and stared at your crotch.
Your dick slipped out of Momo's butthole, giving her temporary relief. It didn't last long. "Come on, Momo, don't be shy, and bounce on his cock," Mina told her. You firmly grabbed Momo's ass and managed to put your length halfway inside as you started drilling her asshole. Momo truly had guts made of steel, given that as soon as your cock entered inside her, the gaping anus she once exibited immediately shut down. Mina dove into Sana's pussy, leaving Momo to fend for herself against your monster cock. "OH GODDDDD!" Momo screamed as you now had 6 out of 8 inches inside her. Just like with Mina, Sakura provided the heat on your balls as you kept pumping, but even though Momo's ass was a little smaller than her younger groupmate, it proved to be a much tougher challenge.
The stimulation Sakura provided to Momo's pussy was what eventually made things easier for you. Your wife's magic fingers made Momo weaker, and her asshole started caving as your cock kept pounding. "Please, please, please," she begged at the same time Sana was having an orgasm in front of her, thanks to the intensity with which Mina was eating her pussy. You pulled out of Momo's asshole for a second and let Kazuha clean your cock, as it seemed she was enjoying tonguing her unnie's ass. Momo tried to recover as the Le Sserafim angels teamed up on your cock, joining Mina on the stimulation of Sana, effectively splitting them into their groups. But it wasn't going to last long, as the only thing that was going to be split were Momo's holes in half.
You put your cock inside Momo again, but this time switching holes. Her pussy was very easy to enter compared to her asshole, but she was still screaming, "OH MY GOD! OH MY GOD!" Momo yelled as you now stretched her vagina, her ass cheeks full of hands as Sana's and Mina's joined yours. "Stretch that cunt wide fucking open," Mina demanded while Sana moved back and kissed Momo passionately. Momo kept praying to God as Sakura now appeared under her and licked her clit and your shaft at the same time. "Yes, hit those balls on her chin and Momoring's pussy." Mina kept cheering as she used Momo's ass like a pillow. "Let me suck the cock; I wanna suck it", Mina demanded as she licked Momo's anus.
"God, that hole is so fucking warm," you exclaimed as you pulled out of Momo. Mina was quick and took your cock for herself while spitting on Sakura's mouth just under her. "Oh, nice," you said of Mina's blowjoy, which Sakura joined with her classic ball-sucking move. Momo tried to stay out of your range, but Mina kept pushing her, knowing you were a raging bull ready to enter inside her slutty groupmate at any moment as she worked to keep your cock ready. Mina got surprised by a "helping" hand that dunked her head against your crotch, which turned out to be Kazuha's. At the same time, Momo turned around, making it the first time you had a sight of her body frontally. Her big tits and toned abs had you throbbing even harder.
Momo pushed Mina to the side and decided she too wanted to have a taste of herself. "Yes, you slut; taste your dirty holes." Mina talked dirty to her as Momo bobbed her head on your cock while Sakura still tongued your balls. Momo dropped your shaft from her mouth and spat on it. Your out-of-control pole took a swing, hitting Mina's left cheek as she kissed your ball-sucking wife. Sana took advantage of the scuffle and stretched her head out to suck your tip without using her hands, before Mina took it back to herself and resumed to stroke it hard. Momo and Kazuha tenderly kissed each other, not caring about the trio of whores fighting for your cock.
After Mina was done, Sakura took the turn, taking your cock deep in her mouth while Sana licked her neck. Mina kept moving like a maniac, now dunking your wife's head on your shaft. Sana licked her chops as Mina kept shoving Sakura against your crotch. Your wife eagerly took it until she gagged, then swept your cock on her face. "Let me see all these assets; come here; let me see them all," you told them, eliciting a loud cheer from all five. You put Sakura on the couch like she was your personal trophy, grabbing her waist while Mina and Kazuha traded kisses to the right of her. "Line up, ladies," Sakura instructed them as she took the far left side of the couch as you gave her anus a tonguing. "Oh yeah, I love when hubby eats my ass," she said. "Tell me how that tastes; I bet it's dirty," she continued.
You started working your mouth on Kkura's ring, but she would only be the first of many. Kissing and tonguing and giving her a little spanking as you moved to Sana's beautiful tiny asshole, you led her to shake her butt left and right as you licked it. "Eat this dirty fucking ass," Sakura kept saying. All the way on the right side of the couch, Mina and Momo enjoyed each other's mouths. Kazuha was next in the center of the couch. "Why do you still have this stupid plug?" you asked her as the other four laughed. "Let me take it off," you said, staying true to your words as you slowly took Zuha's plug out, unveiling her very tiny hole in the open. "God, look at this tall girl with such a small asshole," you said as you dug your head between Zuha's toned butt cheeks and aggressively tongued it. "Isn't it good?" Sakura asked as she led the girls. Mina was next. Her big fat ass was probably your favorite, diving at full speed to taste it as she also moved it left and right and clinged herself to a needy Momo waiting for her turn.
"Oh My God," you were enchanted by Mina's firm ass and top-notch butthole, but more girls were waiting for you. "The last of the assholes," you said, referring to Momo's, looking at her pair of cavities you had just stretched out a few minutes ago. Momo moved her ass back in your direction and placed her head against the couch's arm, closing her eyes just in case you happened to shove your big cock inside her again while grabbing her cheeks. Your cock truly had inflicted fear in a way she hadn't seen in a long time. But all she got was just a tonguing, just like the other four girls. As you finished the ass-eating session, Mina started twerking, which gave you an idea.
"Shake it for me; shake those asses," you said, spanking your wife's ass first, followed by Sana's. The five girls shook their asses on the couch. It was hard to pick which one did it more enthusiastically, but you really enjoyed Momo, Sana, and Sakura's shakes the most. But all that shaking would be pointless without more fucking. You served your wife first, rubbing Sakura's pussy, which you had used all night long the day before. "Stretched that butt for me," you demanded of Sana, who was right on her side. "In the ass?" you rethorically asked Sakura as she spread her anus with her left hand. "Yes, I wanna see that fucking whore take it in the ass," Sana said as you gave Kkura a little tease with your tip. before finally sticking your cock in the hole she denied you during that almost perfect night yesterday.
Sana gave Sakura's butt a bite as you shoved your cock in. "What a beautiful fucking sight," Sana said as you made Kkura scream with your girthy cock, as Sana muffled it with a kiss for your wife. Sakura truly hadn't saved her ass for no reason, as her hole looked super tight. "Spread it open," you ask Sana, who now serves as your assistant right beside Sakura. Sana placed her hands on Kkura's ass while also licking her armpits. "In and out of your whore wife just like that," damn, Sana was good at dirty talking, and you reward her by shoving your cock on your mouth to taste Sakura's dirty butthole. Sana retributed by spitting on Sakura's ring as she kept repeating those words while Mina was having fun eating Kazuha's ass in the background.
You grabbed Sana's neck and put her back on the couch. "Spread her asshole." You gave the command for Sakura while still fucking her, setting the tone for who was next in line. It turns out your wife is the only one that can gape Sana's tiny o-ring. "Let me fuck it," you say as Kazuha rests on Sana's ass. "Look at that beautiful asshole," the youngest says. However, even with Sakura's help, you struggle to hit Sana's hole, which quickly clenches, leading you to miss your first attempt at reaching paradise. But with a little help from Kazuha's spit and you firmly grabbing Sana's butt, you finally get there. Sana squeezes you from the start with barely the tip in; fucking her ass will be like drilling a steel wall.
Sana smiles as you insert your big prick inside her. She loves taking it up in the ass and starts moving her hips as soon as she spots a cock inside her holes. But this time you want to be the one doing the pounding, pushing it with all your might against her steel-esque cavity. You can barely put half your length in as Sana's hole shuts down around your tip immediately, crushing it in a way that would make any ordinary man cum at the spot. But you're different from the rest, and you keep pushing despite the resistance her tight hole gives you. "So good, so good, so good," you keep repeating almot as a coping mechanism to not cum, while Mina and Kazuha make sure to please Sana and finger her unnie's cunt.
"Okay, your turn next." You give up trying to stretch Sana's hole; there is still lots of time to go. Kazuha is next in line. If her ass is like her pussy you just fucked, you're in for a treat. But first, you make sure to sniff her clean hole, which she loves. Mina spreads Zuha's ring open, as it offers little resistance to your cock. "Holy fuck, that's so fucking good," Kazuha says as all her unnies make sure to help her, with Mina and Momo fingering her pussy, Sakura giving her a good rest on her shoulders, and Sana licking your tip alongside Zuha's ass, showing she was truly a fearless cock-lover and didn't bother putting herself on the line against your throbbing dick pounding any girl hard.
"That's fucking sexy," Sana says as you stretch Zuha's ass. "Hmmmm," all girls react at Sana's words; they love the way she talks dirty, don't they? Sana and Mina trade smiles at each other while Momo sucks Zuha's little tits as the Twice girls take care of their flexible angel friend. Sakura chimes in as she kisses Momo, while Sana sticks her tongue, ready for another ass-to-mouth from a Le Sserafim girl. "Let me fucking taste it; let me taste that asshole from your fucking cock," Sana asks and promptly receives, bobbing her head on your big prick as soon as you pull out of Kazuha.
"Let me get her next," you say as you're ready for a second round at the biggest butt of the quintet. The little Minari is ready; her eyes brighten as her turn comes, giving you her signature twerking as you eat her asshole. Mina moans as you insert your tip in her butthole, while Kazuha comes under her to eat her pussy. The girls cheer as Mina meets your thrusts with more twerking. Momo wants a taste of it as she rests her head on Minari's big, fat butt, begging for it. But you ignore her, focusing on Mina's ring as you keep clapping her cheeks.
Momo finally gets her wish but wants you to bring it back as soon as possible, taking a privy view of the anal pounding you give to her younger groupmate. "I want to taste that ass so bad before you fuck me," Momo tells Mina. Damn, this dumb bimbo is insatiable, you think to yourself. Mina's ass is an easy one to fuck, but you love how round and fat it is—truly a work of the gods. You pull out a little to tease Momo but deny her request, putting it back on for a few extra pumps; after all, there is never too much when it comes to Mina's butt.
You give Momo's ass a little tap, signaling she's next. The final girl on this anal casting couch had to get something special. And you made sure to give it to her. Momo pushed her body closer to your cock, giving it easy entrance as you had already gaped her hole. But she didn't see what was going to come next, as you mounted on her like a bull does to a cow, taking even Mina, who was to the side of her, by surprise. At that point, Momo knew she'd regret asking for that cock. "OH MY GODDDD!" she screamed as you took her hard from the start. No one was gonna help her except for a sneaky Mina who decided to lick her unnie's stretched cunt. Momo was all yours—the perfect submissive sex toy, like she is always ready to be. She can only pray as your monster cock fills every inch of her asshole. Momo loves the pain. "It feels so good," she says, as you increase the pace while Mina heats your balls up before you get so rough that you insert your whole sack deep inside Momo's sore butthole.
"AHHHHHHH~" Momo screams as her voice cracks. Your bull is worth the same as a trio of cocks stretching her ass out. The tiny dancer can only brace herself as you continue the rampage. You don't want this bitch to walk after this, and if you didn't have the other four horny girls to please, you'd probably stay the whole way, just fucking her shithole. "OH, OH, OH," Momo screams as you finally pull out of her ass, ripping it apart as your cock leaves her swollen hole. Sakura is there to taste her best friend's dirty asshole as soon as possible, diving into your cock. Momo also gets on her knees to taste herself, paying special attention to your now dirty balls, which makes Sana let out a huge laugh as she watches both team up on your cock as she kisses Kazuha. Mina soon joins in and wants a taste of Momo as well. They really like that little dancer, don't they? But Momo is the one who wants it the most, taking your whole shaft all by herself and pushing the other four aside.
"I wanna hear you choke on that dick Momoring," Mina tells her as Momo deepthroats you like a maniac. "Give me those balls." Sakura acts like a jealous wife and takes your cock away from Momo, who gets up just fine from your hard pounding. Maybe you need to go harder next time. "Let's suffocate him with our oshiris," Sakura tells them as she puts her ass in your right cheek, with Momo joining from the other side, Kazuha in your forehead, and Mina at your chin. Sana tries to sneak in, but she can't; these butts are just too big and leave her twerking in the air, but you still make sure to find hers. Sakura gets the privileged spot as the wife, fully twerking on your whole face now. "So many asses; that's a lot of asses for one lucky guy," she giggles as you take Mina's big butt for a treat too.
"I want to get smothered," you tell them. "As you wish," Sakura replies, as Mina and Kazuha are the ones taking the most of your face now. You sniff their butts in a clockwise direction, starting with Mina's, followed by Momo's, Zuha's, Kkura's, and finally Sana's, only interrupting them as you ask the next question.
"So who wants to suck my dick?" you say as all five girls answer positively. "Gives us that dick, please, please," Momo is the biggest beggar, as the girls now sit on the couch. All five girls get on their knees, but Momo and Sakura start ahead, with your wife taking her preferred spot at your balls while Momo sucks your shaft. But there is room for everybody as they move to the side for Kazuha to suck it, Mina emerges sucking your balls, and Sana appears at the bottom of the pile, rimming your asshole. Somehow they managed to have all their mouths at the same time, sucking that pole, despite the very confined space. Soon you find out what a dream Misamo triple blowjob looks like as the first two take on your dick by the side while Momo emerges like a thirsty whore to suck that tip.
You can't help but feel overwhelmed as Sana almost rips your balls apart while Momo engulfs your massive sword like it's nothing. Soon Kazuha emerges as the main cocksucker, with Sana bobbing her head against your crotch. Finally, Sana gets her turn to be the main girl, and you regret not doing it earlier, as her no-hands blowjob makes you tremble, especially with the aid of Mina licking your shaft beside her, before she lets Mina take her turn and dunks her head just like she did to Kazuha. "Look at that fucking slut gagging on that cock," Sana says as she and Mina get between your legs once more, and bubbles come out of Minari's mouth as Momo holds her younger groupmate's nose while she gags.
"Let me stand up," you tell them, but as you do, Sana is already backing down and sucking your dick once again without needing her hands. You're soon fully surrounded again, with Momo and Mina to your left, Sana in the center gagging on your cock, and Kkura and Zuha to the right. "You like that, hubby? Five mouths all over your dick and  balls."Sakura asks. "Oh, yes, so good," is all you can say, your head empty of any thoughts at this point. "Fuck her pretty face," the girls tell you as Sana's mouth is too hard for you to resist and you push your cock deep in her throat. You then start passing your cock around each girl's mouths as if they are glory holes to stick your dick on and nothing else. They might be.
"So many warm mouths," you tell them. But there is much more to go. "Get on the edge of the couch," you tell them as they line up once again. This time the couch is empty, and you'll be the only one using it. You start right where you finished last time, mounting on Momo this time to fuck her slutty face. Sana's eyes brighten as you top her whore groupmate while she sucks Momo's big tits. But Momo looks so dizzy that her mouth shuts as soon as you get in. You move next to Sana, who's much more eager to take a pounding until your cock bulges in her throat. Next is Kazuha, who, it turns out, has a pretty flexible throat as well. Minari follows suit as she bubbles all over your dick. For your wife, you decide to be different and just kiss her tits, already having your next move in mind.
"Who wants to make my wife cum?" you ask all the girls. "YESSSS!" they scream in unison, surrounding Sakura as Mina licks and spits on her pussy. Sana follows suit and eats Sakura's ass. Soon, Momo kisses Sakura while Kazuha sucks her unnie's beautiful boobs as you just watch, getting ready for another round. "HOLY FUCK. What the  hell?"Sakura screams as Mina and Sana tongue her pair of fuckholes to perfection and soon find themselves sticking their fingers on them. "Fuck her cunt and asshole," you tell both as they stick their fingers deep into Kkura. "Oh God, I wanna fucking cum," Sakura says as Momo looks at her romantically and gives her a triple kiss alongside Kazuha. "OHHHHH HOLY FUCK!" Sakura screams as her juices fly into Mina and Sana's mouths, and she orgasms.
The girls laugh as they successfully please your wife. Sana pulls one of her dirty little tricks and kisses Sakura's butthole, making her scream. "You girls did a good job; now it's my turn," you say as Sakura lies on the couch, Mina still with hands on her pussy. Sakura lifts her legs as you take her in the ass, with Mina still in your cock's line of sight as she remains addicted to your wife's pussy. Sana keeps her fearless spirit as she sucks on your balls even with your relentlessly pounding your wife's rectum, making Sakura scream as if she were some elite vocalist.
"You like it?" you ask Sakura as you choke her. "YESSS!" she screams, looking at you with her eyes full of lust. "FUCK. FUCK ME HARDER," she keeps screaming. Mina and Sana are the most enthusiastic, as they share a privileged view of you manhandling Sakura, spitting at every opportunity they can. You give your wife hot kisses as a depraved Momo now licks Sakura's dirty toes. "AHHH, THAT'S SO FUCKING HOT!" Sakura keeps screaming as Mina puts the heat up and finger fucks her. "Suck it, suck it," you tell the Twice pairing as Mina tastes Sakura's asshole while Sana literally grabs you by the balls with her nasty mouth.
"Let's bring the next fuck, Momoring," you say. Judging by the last few times, the girls know something insane is about to happen. And they were right, as you quickly smashed into Momo's worn-out butthole balls deep from the start. It truly is your favorite hole of all the 15 you have at your disposal. Mina and Sana stay down low and finger her groupmate's cunt. Momo gets jackhammered as you pump in and out of her rectum more than five times each second while groping her cowbells up top. Kazuha joins the remaining Twice girls under Momo, and they take turns fingering her pussy as your balls smack her clit full speed. "OH GOD," Momo begs as you spank her tits, while Sakura sits on her face to let Momo scream all over her wet cunt.
"You fucking like that in your ass?" Sakura asks Momo, who screams just like she did before. Her big tits are now your playground as you smack, suck, grope, and spank them with no regard. Momo is almost falling out of the couch, holding herself by her right leg as you continue to destroy her. "Fucking hot that whore getting pounded like that," Sana laughs as she taps Momo's pussy while Mina is now the one getting smashed in the face by your hammering balls. "That fucking asshole will never be the same," Sana says, impressed at the speed with which you pound Momo even after many minutes. "Pound it, pound it, pound it," both Sakura and Mina say. Japan's top sex toy, Hirai Momo, is all yours, and you can't help but feel on top of the world as you give her an anal orgasm with one final deep and long thrust.
Sana is already waiting with her mouth as soon as you pull out, taking on her favorite butthole like a champion. "Who wants to go next?" you ask as Sana still hogs your cock in her mouth. "I think Minari should go now; that fat ass needs a hard pounding," Sakura says as Mina takes the same spooning position on the couch as Momo and her. "Give it to me," Mina begs as she rests her head on Momo's tummy while her groupmate is fingering Mina's cunt before you even get in her asshole. You slip a little trying to get in, but Sana's helping hand ensures it isn't long before you're pounding Mina's fat ass once more. You give Mina no rest, fucking her as if you were going for another round with Momo. Big asses ask for rough pounds after all. Sana loves it the most as she licks Mina's pussy while your flying balls hit her cheeks multiple times.
"Can you take this dick like a good submissive whore?" Momo asks Mina while slapping her face, bragging that she survived the rampage you gave her just a couple minutes ago. "Yes, Momoring, I can take... FUCK." Mina can't finish the sentence as you turn up a notch. As Momo shuts Mina's screaming mouth down, Sana and Sakura giggle at each other as they team up on your cock. Holy shit does Sakura love licking her hubby's balls because she's doing it again? Mina has to use her whole strength to survive the four whores surrounding her and your big cock obliterating her rectum. Momo and Kazuha join and help you grope her little tits. "FUUUUCCKKKKK" is all she can say. Her rodeo with your bull doesn't last long as you finish her just like you did Momo, a deep thust that makes her cum.
This time, Sakura is the one who arrives first at the crime scene and does the traditional ass-to-mouth greetings. "Fuck yes, that was insane," Mina says as she steps down. "Alright, who's next?" Sakura asks, acting as the leader of the five whores. "I want the best rider on the team; who is she?" you ask. "SANA! SANA! SANA!" the other girls start to chant as this time you sit on the couch with your pole fully erected. Sana's tight hole has been a challenge for you all day, so much so that even she misses it. "Please put it in," she says, using her cute aegyo voice, and lets Mina insert that throbbing dick in her anus. "Spit on it," Sakura orders, as she and Momo also give Sana a helping hand.
You finally manage to impale Sana, as the surroundings of her asshole quickly turn red with your dick under it. But she bounces hard on your erection nonetheless, even attempting a little twerking and tilting her butt a little to hit the best spots of her rectum. Mina chimes in and licks your shaft while Sana's cute ass smashes her face, before moving up and licking Sana's cock-filled butthole. "Let's fucking do it!" Sakura cheers on Sana, who now takes your cock full length in her ass. You can't resist and try to do your best to drill her tight butthole, as you now thurst upwards and make Sana squeal at each pounding. Momo appears and sits on your face while silencing Sana with a few kisses, making you have a used-up asshole to eat with your tongue and a tight asshole gripping your cock at the same time.
Sakura appears suddenly and is now the one sitting on your face as you eat her cunt, which you used up so well last night, while Sana resumes her ride with the help of Momo. "Yes, spread my asshole," she begs as Momo pushes her down your pole until your cock finally slips out, letting Mina take a turn sucking Sana's anal juices. Mina tries to put it back in as Sana commands, but she almost puts it in her pussy instead, trying to find the already shut-down hole. "Come on, Minaring," Momo says as the Twice trio works together for Sana to have another ride as you two challenge each other with you impaling Sana from down low while she bounces as hard as she can from up top.
"Take it, take it, take it," Sana orders as soon as she pulls out, letting Momo have her moment with her clean asshole as Mina is right there for some sloppy seconds, the Misamo trio working as a perfect unit. "Give it back to me," Sana orders, still not done with your cock. "It's so fucking deep; keep pounding; pump it until I cum," she says until you finally manage to reach the depths of her anus and make her cum, as she instantly puts her hands in her asshole right after. It had been a while since a cock had made her this sore.
As Sana finishes her insane ride and Mina tastes Sana's butthole from your cock, before Sana does it herself as well, while Sakura continues to ride on your face, you start wondering something. "Where is Kazuha?" you ask, but it gets muffled under Kkura's cunt before trying a second time but not finishing as Mina and Sana team up on your cock and make you groan. As the least experienced of the five, Zuha has barely appeared in your sights lately, with Sakura and the Misamo trio handling most of the action. You finally find her, as she looks a bit lost trying to sneak between the Twice girls and suck your dick.
"Come here, baby girl," you tell Kazuha, kissing her in an almost consoling manner for leaving her out of the action. Mina comes under Zuha's tall body and licks her asshole, preparing the youngester for the upcoming pounding. Zuha turns around and sits on your lap as Sana guides your cock towards the youngster's tight ass. Zuha pants as your cock starts impaling her insides as Momo tries to comfort her by fingering her pussy. The girls cheer as your length disappears inside Kazuha's ass, Mina once again appearing to lick more pussy. "Yes, fuck that ass," Sakura commands as you push your dick up Zuha's hole. Meanwhile, Sakura and Sana take some time to have fun together as your wife sits on Sana's beautiful face.
Zuha struggles with your massive cock, twisting and screaming at each strike as you go harder and harder on her. Mina and Momo laugh at her as they are the experienced ones who have taken many of those poundings. Momo now kisses Zuha while Mina takes on the duties of fingering her pussy and grabbing your thursting cock by the balls. You take a much slower approach with Zuha, but her lack of experience shows as she feels the heat in her ass in a much easier way than the other four girls. Sakura then lifts Zuha's legs, leaving her even more defenseless. Zuha approves of it despite never taking such a rough fucking before. The girls really treat it as her innitiation, as Mina places her full hand inside Kazuha's tight pussy while Momo fingers her clit, making Zuha scream even harder.
"OH MY GOD, PLEASE KEEP GOING!" Kazuha screams as your cock and the girls' hands overwhelm her. "Look at that slut being destroyed by hubby's big cock!" Sakura cheers and laughs at her groupmate. Mina and Momo keep providing full stimulation, as the former now sucks Zuha's perky, erect nipples while Momo kisses the youngster's neck and keeps fingering her cunt. "SHIT!" Kazuha curses as Sana caresses her thighs before penetrating her as well, her long nails hitting the depths of Zuha's orgasming pussy. The Misamo trio keeps bringing the heat, as all three now have their hands touching Zuha's vaginal area.
"Make this slut cum," Sakura orders as the three Twice girls continue to work on Zuha's body. Momo now kisses her tits while Mina keeps penetrating Zuha, while Sana now kisses and chokes the youngster. "You fucking dirty slut," Sakura says as she now takes on the role of choking Zuha while Mina and Momo take turns rimming your asshole. It isn't long before they make your wife's order come true as Zuha finally cums, leading to a fight to see who will taste her ass. Sana arrives first, but it's Momo and Sakura who take the most of it before they leave Zuha for a few sloppy seconds as she bobs her head hard on your dick.
"You want another turn?" you ask Sana, feeling like you have unfinished business inside her tight hole. Sana spreads her legs as the other girls surround her. Mina keeps being the nastiest as she spits on her unnie's pink pussy. You finger Sana's butthole, attempting to loosen it up. Momo tries to help, but you decide you have no more time to wait, pushing her to the side as you stick your cock back inside Sana's asshole, struggling to stick even the tip. Mina watches from a panoramic view, her head right at Sana's tight cunt. "God damn it," Sana curses as she starts fingering herself, waiting for your hard pounding.
"I fucking love that," Sana says as Momo is now the one sticking her hands in her pussy. You and Momo move in perfect sync, penetrating Sana as she giggles at every kiss you two give her. You grip Sana by her thighs as you increase the pace, while Mina joins Momo to put a second hand inside Sana's pussy. You finally manage to hit full speed as Sana's butthole loosens up just enough for you to drill it deeper, her face and skin turning redder than her anus as you keep going. Sana becomes a screaming machine as Sakura somehow manages to sneak her hand inside her pussy as well.
"Please give me, give me, give me," Sana continues as your cock goes in and out of her tight shithole in full swing, taking long but fast and deep thursts each time. Her tight hole squeezes you so hard you have to stay collected, not cum, using Mina's mouth as a relief a few times as you pull out of Sana before sticking back in for a harder pounding. Mina now has full control of her unnie's meaty pussy, making sure to eat out every single one of Sana's folds until she cums. Mina spreads Sana's pussy lips and tongues her pussy even deeper as you stay put. You two are now working in tandem to make Sana reach her orgasm.
Sakura joins in as the helpful wife, kissing you as you continue to stretch Sana's asshole out. "Hubby likes this dirty slut's tight hole," she says, now resting her arms on Sana's head as she provides her with a cushion for your rough pumps. As Sana finally cums, you dive to taste her tight, squirting pussy, not giving a waiting Mina a chance to be the first as you reward the beautiful Osaka girl with licks that make her gush more and more juices out of her babyhole. You finally give Mina a chance to lick it as you move to Sana's red and sore asshole, appreciating the work you just did in there. "Put your tongue in there," you then order Mina as Kazuha's large hands now rest under Sana's pussy.
Mina makes sure to eat Sana's anus as much as possible, searching for the taste of your cock there. You give the girls some time to enjoy themselves, as Sakura is now eating Sana's pussy while Momo sucks her tits and Kazuha kisses her. Seeing your wife on her knees while eating another pussy makes your primal instincts take over you as you shove your prick inside Sakura's asshole without warning. "WHAT? AHHHHH  FUCKKKK! Sakura screams as your thorbbing tip pokes her hole. You go all-in from the start, doing to Sakura what you just did to Momo the first time. Sakura spreads her ass, trying to loosen it up, while Mina, always her, is right there to watch.
Dueling screams ensure in your couch as you drill Sakura's ass while Momo and Kazuha eat Sana out and attempt to make her cum again. "FUCK, YOU'RE SO DEEP IN MY ASS," Sakura says as Mina now kisses and bites your wife's shiny butt. You want to make sure to make up for the lost time, ramming Sakura at full force. She has to cling to Momo's big tits in her face, biting them so hard that Momo lactates on Sakura's mouth. "Look at that fucking little asshole taking that whole big cock," Sana says dirtyly as she watches you destroy Sakura. "Look at her taking the whole fucking thing," she continues as she rests her head on Sakura's shaking butt, giggling with her tongue out while Mina fingers your wife's cunt.
"Keep that fucking asshole; stretch it out to the fullest," Sana adds. "Show your hubby the fucking whore you are," she keeps going while Momo now dives under to eat Sakura's pussy. You let her and Mina taste your dirty cock before going back inside Sakura's used-up cornhole. Mina swaps her saliva with Sana while Kazuha spits on her unnie's ass. "Put it back in her," Momo demands, enjoying the pounding she once took, and now you're delivering it to your wife. But you have different plans and want them to make your wife cum. "Lick her pussy," you ask Momo, who's followed by Mina and Sana eating Sakura's ass. Sakura and Momo now perform a 69 with your wife on top as you enjoy them licking each other.
"Fuck, you're making me so wet," Sakura tells the other girls as her hands fist Momo's meaty pussy. Mina now licks Sakura's ass by herself, and you decide to push her deeper into it as you start pounding her massive ass. The chain is now complete as Sana kisses Sakura, then Kazuha sucks her groupmate's tits, and Momo eats your wife's pussy while you bury Mina's mouth in Sakura's asshole at each thurst you give in her ass. It doesn't take long until Sana abandons the other girls to watch you destroy her little fucktoy groupmate, licking her chops as her nails finger Mina's pussy and she spits on her ass cheeks.
"Get on the floor. Let's play a little game," Sakura says as she takes your cock out of Mina's butthole and puts you to the ground. "You're gonna get 4 levels of riding: easy, medium, hard, and extreme, and you can't cum or you'll have to clean up this whole mess we're making. Let's start". Momo is the first to sit on your hard cock as the easy challenger, as you already had loosened up her butthole so much. Her ass is extremely sore, and she can barely walk, but she takes on the challenge of getting impaled. "Put that dick in that fat ass and ride that cock," Sakura says as the girls spank Momo's big butt. "Fucking juicy ass bouncing on that dick," Sana follows.
Momo doesn't last long before she collapses, her asshole completely sore after taking so much of your big cock. Mina tastes her unnie's dirty asshole, and then Momo rewards you with a deepthroat. "That's a great fucking cock," she says. Sakura steps up next, right after you have already used her worn-out hole a lot, but not as much as Momo's. "Spread that ass," she tells the other girls as you impale your hot wife. "Tell me how good this feels," Momo asks. "It feels like my hubby has such a massive cock," Sakura replies. Mina and Kazuha team up to do the spanking while Momo pushes Sakura's ass down your crotch.
Sakura quickly ends her run, tasting her hole alongside Mina right after. "So Sharon is the ass taster of the group," you say as Sana spits on your meat for Kazuha to be the next. Her tight, young ass could be the one that makes you cum. "She's got such an amazing ass," Momo says as she spanks Zuha's cheeks, and Sana and Mina take a bite of it as Kazuha starts to ride. Momo pushes Zuha's ass down as the young girl starts to scream. Kazuha gets too carried away as your cock ends up slipping out of her asshole, leading to a queefing sound coming from her tight ring. Momo and Mina are right there to taste it, but Kazuha wants something as well.
You start to pant and wonder if you could survive the extreme level as Sana prepares to sit on your boner. "Poke this slutty asshole," Momo orders to Mina, who spits on Sana's tiny body while licking your tip at the same time. Mina keeps missing Sana's tight entrance to the point where Sana takes control and puts it in herself. She's so eager that your cock slips out after just a couple bounces, forcing Mina to push it back in with a little sloppy help from Momo. Sana twerks on your cock as Mina decides to be her ass-kisser and worship her butt. The more the other girls spank Sana, the harder she bounces.
"Are you gonna cum all over this fucking dick?" Momo asks but at the wrong person. You're now the one who has to use all your strength not to fill Sana's tight butthole with your seeds. "Cum, cum, cum, cum," Momo repeats, but instead of Sana, he is inducing you to think about it nonstop. You pull out just in time to escape a romp of cum coming out of your canal, getting eased up as the five girls surround your cock to suck it. Mina and Sana take the most of it, like usual, as they warm up your cock for the grand finale.
"Time to empty those balls in your hot wife or you'll be sleeping in the cold," Sakura says as Sana sucks your shaft while Mina puts the heat on your balls. Sana guides your cock right into Sakura's butthole. "Shove it as deep as you can," she says as she starts eating Sakura's pussy. You are very close but want to last a little longer, taking pauses to feed Sana's mouth with your cock. Meanwhile, Sakura is having her best time as Mina now sits her fat ass in her face while Kazuha licks Minari's ass. Momo is now completely out of the picture, dealing with her sore asshole.
You come close once more but use Sana's mouth to bail you out at the last minute, teasing Sakura that she'll need more to earn your cum. But Sana is selfish and takes your cock deep in her throat, making you almost give in on the spot, leading you to take the safer route and pound Sakura as hard as you can. Sana finger's Sakura's now squirting cunt, sticking her tongue out to taste the juices. Your wife's orgasm is too much for you to handle, as her clenching butthole makes you finally cover her anal walls with your white paint.
Sakura releases the cum out of her ass into your recently bough carpet as the four girls fight among each other for a taste of it. Sakura gives you a big smile and licks your shaft before you request something from them.
"I wanna see the girls asses one final time," you say as the girls now get on their knees on the couch. "Yes, you are the king of our asses," Sakura responds as the girls line up. You compliment all the girls.
"Thanks for such a tight hole, Sana. Sakura, you're the best wife ever. Mina, I... don't even have words to describe that ass. Zuha, you're a star in the making. And Momo, it should be illegal to have an ass so dangerous." 
"Stand up," you ask the girls as they gape their pounded asshole for you to check. Sana's butthole is completely red and stands out the most, but Mina's and Momo's aren't far behind. "I think that's it for today, hubby," Sakura says as the girls bow to your cock and crown you their oshiri king.
"Only for today; tomorrow is a different story." Momo finishes as the girls head towards the shower, disappearing from your view. "I'm truly a lucky bastard," you think as a familiar voice interrupts your thoughts.
"Hubby!"
2K notes · View notes
lustspren · 22 days
Text
Champagne Showers ft Jihyo, Sana
length: 20.8k words ✦
Jihyo, Sana & Male Reader.
Special Guest: Lee Gahyeon (Dreamcatcher) 
Queen of Hearts Sequel.
genres: dom! Jihyo, sub! Sana, threesome, double blowjob, bi, oral sex, dirty talk, voyeur, creampie, public sex (Gahyeon), bathroom sex (Gahyeon), sextape (Gahyeon), facial (Gahyeon) ✧ 
✦✧✦✧✦✧
Tumblr media Tumblr media
✦✧✦✧✦✧
"Just promise me you'll be okay and send me lots of photos," you told Dubu.
You and her were holding hands in front of each other, next to the line of people who would check in to take their respective flights. It was summer, a direct synonym for vacations. You had no plans of any kind, but Dubu was joining her family in Hawaii, leaving you alone in your apartment with a few free weeks ahead of you. Or so you thought.
"Honey, I'll be fine," she squeezed your hands, "And of course I'll send you pictures, or do you just think you'll never see this pretty face again?"
With a little smile she moved forward and gave you a small kiss.
"If I stopped I'd probably die," you said, kissing her back, "God, I'm going to miss you so much."
"And so do I, but hey, cheer up! You won't be alone all this time."
At that moment the line moved forward. Dubu released your hands.
"Huh? What do you mean by that?"
"Bye honey! I love you!" She blew you a little kiss as she left.
"I-I love you too! But what the hell do you mean?!"
She didn't respond to you anymore as she started talking to the airport staff. You stood there for a few seconds, making sure everything was okay until she finally passed the checkup. She turned once again, smiled at you in the distance and disappeared down a hallway to the right. So you turned around, asked for the taxi back home and left the airport.
The big answer to your big question came to you when you opened the door to your apartment and walked into the living room. Sitting very comfortably on your couch was Park Jihyo, who looked up when you showed up. Behind the sofa you noticed the handles of a suitcase. She smiled and leaned forward, one elbow resting on her knee and her chin resting on her fist.
"Ready for a hot and exciting vacation with me?" she asked with a mischievous tone.
"I'm only going to ask this once..." you sighed, "whose idea was it?"
"Mine."
"Sure, I imagined it," you nodded.
"I can go if you want, honey," she made a move to stand up.
"No! I never said I wanted you to leave. I just, you know, don't like not finding out about things before they happen."
She pouted.
"It was something that came out as an afterthought, sorry baby."
"It's fine, it's fine," you did a gesture with your hand.
You went to sit next to her and looked at her. As always, you were struck by how incredibly effortlessly attractive she was, with her short messy hair tied in a bun. The sleeveless crop top that she was wearing not only highlighted her tits in a hypnotizing way, but also showed off her toned shoulders and arms, a product of the gym sessions she had been doing for months.
Tumblr media
"Can I make you forgive me somehow?"
She hugged your waist and rested her chin on your shoulder.
"No need, I've already forgiven you."
Jihyo smiled, she surely expected such a response. She had known you for several months, after all.
"No but, I want to make it up to you somehow baby..."
She buried her face in your neck and began to fill it with kisses that made you weak in an instant.
"You said this vacation would be hot... how hot?" you gasped.
"Why don't we find out?"
Jihyo settled down on the couch, her face hovering over your bulge. She pulled down your sweatpants and boxers and gave you a perfect blowjob to welcome the summer. You came in her mouth, so there was nothing to clean up. She had her pants and panties pulled down only to the beginning of her thighs, you had done it so you could grope her ass while she sucked you off.
"It'll get better later," she said, wiping her chin with the back of her hand, "This is just the first level."
"Right," you nodded, still agitated, "Well, uhm… why don't we go and I'll help you get settled in your room?"
"My room?" She pulled up her panties and pants and stood up straight, you did the same, "Why can't I just sleep with you?"
"Well..." you avoided her gaze.
"I don't think you want to feel so alone at night... do you?"
She snuggled against your chest with both hands and scribbled with one of her fingers.
"Well… no."
"So, what do you say?" She kissed your chin, "I'm the best nighttime company you can have, cutie."
You didn't have to think about it for too long.
"My god, it's okay. You can sleep with me," you nodded.
"Perfect! I promise you won't regret it."
She smiled from ear to ear and stood on tiptoe to give you a small kiss on the forehead. She then went to grab her suitcase and let you guide her to the bedroom.
-----------------------------------------
That same night you were getting ready to sleep. You already had your pajamas on—short shorts and a simple t-shirt—and you were lying on your bed, watching a YouTube video on your phone. Jihyo had gone into the bathroom half an hour ago to take a bath before going to sleep, and when she came out she did so with only a pair of dark blue panties on. Otherwise, she was completely naked. She spent a couple of minutes drying her ears inside with the towel and putting body lotion all over her body; she then went to lie down next to you. The red fruit smell of her skin reached you immediately.
"You just pretend I'm not here," she said.
Contrary to what she might have been trying to do, all she did was attract more of your attention when she turned on her side facing you and squeezing her naked tits together. You were too sleepy to try anything, so you just covered the both of you with the blanket up to your waist and focused on finishing your video until you decided to sleep.
"Hard to pretend you're not here when you're naked in the same bed as me. Rest well."
You heard a small giggle from her, you smiled too, turned around with your back to her and fell asleep after a few minutes.
--------------------------------------
In the morning you woke up feeling hotter than normal, which made no sense since you always turned on the air conditioning to sleep in summer. You tried to stir in bed, finding that you were restricted from being able to do so. Opening your eyes and looking over your shoulder you found that Jihyo was wrapped around you in her firm arms, her tits pressed tightly against your back. Your movement caused her to open her eyes, but you noticed that she wasn't just awake.
"Good morning, sweet sleeper," she told you in a husky, provocative voice.
She lifted your shirt and put a hand in to caress your abdomen while she placed kisses on the back of your neck. Then she used that same hand to put it in your shorts, under your boxers and grab your cock to massage it.
"Good morning indeed..." you gasped.
You turned your upper body towards her a little so you could kiss her. When your cock was completely hard, she pulled down both your clothes and started giving you a handjob.
"This is what every morning is like with me... I hope you don't get bored of it," she whispered against your lips, which sent shivers down your spine.
"Fuck… how could I?"
Jihyo rubbed your cock slowly at first, and as the seconds passed she increased her speed after spitting into her own hand. You got tired of it very quickly, you wanted more, so you gave in to your weakness and asked her to ride you. Jihyo seemed pleased with your request, you could see it in the triumphant expression she wore. She did so, taking off her panties to straddle you and ride you like the best of cowgirls. After a few long minutes you both came—you did it inside her—, and you got up to go make breakfast together.
From that morning on, you and Jihyo spent the entire week living together in a normal way as two good friends could. You enjoyed your vacation in many different ways, the most frequent was going to the pool of the residential complex, drinking cold drinks and swimming; you also watched a lot of movies in the comfort of your home, and went out to dinner a couple of times. You saw her as an older sister figure—taking into account the obvious differences, of course. In a way, your relationship with her reminded you of the relationship you and Dubu had before you were a couple, except that you didn't feel romantic attraction for Jihyo, and you were sure that she didn't feel it for you either. She just took extremely good care of you, and why not say it, she also fucked you spectacularly well.
When the vacations began to feel lacking a spark that would make them memorable, Jihyo opportunely arrived with news that took you by surprise. It was Saturday, you and she had gone out to the supermarket to do a little refilling of the cupboard. When you arrived you went to rest on the couch and Jihyo just went to the bedroom. After about ten minutes she returned and sat down next to you with a jump that gave you a start.
"Guess what!" she said. The excitement in her voice made it sound too loud.
"Don't scream, please," you sighed, "What's wrong?"
"I'm sorry, I'm sorry," she lowered her voice, "You don't know her, but I have a friend."
"You have many friends, it's normal that I don't know most of them."
"I know I know, but there is something important with this friend. Minatozaki Sana, do you know her?"
"I have no idea about her. Maybe if I see her in person I can tell you if I've seen her on campus or not, but her name doesn't ring a bell."
"It doesn't matter, it doesn't matter," she waved her hand impatiently, "she invited us to a party, a summer party."
"Us?"
She hesitated for a moment.
"Well, she only invited me at first. But then I told her about you and she said it was perfect, that you could come too."
"Aight, I guess it'll be okay. Where is it?"
Jihyo's expression changed. She avoided your gaze and gave an awkward smile.
"Uh… Busan."
You raised both eyebrows in amazement.
"What? Nah, there's no way," you immediately refused.
"But why!"
"Because it's a city I've barely been to, in the place of a person I don't know!"
"So what? You'll be with me! Besides, she's a trustworthy person!"
"Oh my god Jihyo," you put your hands up to your face and groaned in frustration, "Do you know how much worse my social anxiety would get?"
"Honey, you won't feel that way," she grabbed your thigh with both hands and squeezed it, "I'm all the extroversion and protection you need, how could anything go wrong?"
"Just promise me that you won't leave me at any time, will you?"
She rubbed your thigh a few times and then gave you a pat.
"Balto, don't be silly. How can I leave you alone around people you don't know?"
"I don't know, drunk, maybe?"
That got a laugh out of her.
"No matter how drunk I am, I'm not going to let you go, boy."
You removed your hands from your face and smiled. You hated yourself for giving in so easily to her attempts to comfort you and convince you, but you couldn't blame yourself either, she gave you nothing but security.
"Okay, we'll go to fucking Busan, Park Jihyo."
"Yeah!"
She closed both fists in the air and shook them. She reminded you of a baseball fan watching her team's home run.
"When?"
Again the awkward smile.
"Tomorrow morning we will take the flight to Busan."
"You've got to be kidding me," you groaned again in stress and sank into your seat.
"She told me today!"
"Well, very inconsiderate of her then," you looked at her with annoyance, "We have to pack our things, I assume?"
"Yup, for two days or so," she stood up, "Come on."
"Right now?" you really felt too tired still.
"We have to get up very early, so yeah, don't be a weakling and get up."
You had no choice but to reluctantly get up and follow her to the bedroom to pack your things, wondering what the hell Park Jihyo was getting you into.
----------------------------------------
The next morning your waking time was 5 AM. You enjoyed getting up fairly early, but that was simply outside your comfort zone. You and her felt like a pair of zombies as you stood in line for the checkup, which moved relatively quickly. In a matter of minutes you were inside the plane, and as soon as it took off, you fell asleep for the entire hour of the flight.
Jihyo woke you up when you were already landing in Busan. You looked at the time on her phone: 8:13AM. The sun was shining outside, without a single cloud to prevent you from seeing the blue sky. It took some effort on your eyes to get used to the sudden change in light though.
"Where will we go when we get down?" you asked, then yawned and looked at your phone.
"Sana is going to meet us. In fact, she should be waiting outside right now."
Jihyo looked at herself in the portable mirror and lightly touched up her makeup, as well as her hairstyle and small areas of her outfit, which was nothing special but which she still wanted to keep in order.
"Well, there must have been some consideration," you said with a wry tone.
When you landed and picked up your luggage, you went through the respective checkout and went to the main entrance-exit of the airport, where the crowd of people hurried back and forth with suitcases in hand. Jihyo took out her phone and connected to the airport's Wi-Fi, attentive to any notification she might receive, you deduced that she was waiting for some notice from Sana. And indeed, the message arrived shortly after.
"Oh, come on. She's outside," Jihyo said.
You left the airport in search of the aforementioned. In front of you the row of parked cars extended in both directions, reaching the curves that faced the highway. The one you and Jihyo thought was Sana was off to the left, leaning against the trunk of what looked like a Toyota sedan. As you approached, Jihyo's change of expression was the confirmation you needed.
She went ahead of you, and with suitcase in hand, she ran with small steps towards Sana, who heard the wheels rolling on the sidewalk and looked up from her phone. Sana smiled as Jihyo approached her, and damn, she was gorgeous. You immediately noticed that her taste in fashion, as well as the aura she gave off, was impeccable and refined. She was dressed in a nice velvety khaki jacket, and high-waisted black pants that perfectly accentuated the curves of her hips. One side of her platinum hair fell over her right shoulder, and the rest of it fell behind her left one. She had a round face with tender features; a pair of cheeks that only invited you to bite them, and pretty lips that invited you to... You blinked repeatedly, you were rambling in your thoughts.
Tumblr media
"Minatozakiiiii!!" Jihyo squealed, setting the suitcase aside and opening her arms towards Sana.
"Unnieeeee!!" Sana screamed too, although in a more discreet tone.
They both merged into a tight hug. With her chin resting on top of Jihyo's shoulder, Sana looked you up and down with a little smile. Breaking away from the hug she looked back at your friend.
"Was it a good trip? I really appreciate you guys coming so early," she asked Jihyo, taking her from her arms.
Her tone of voice was so beautiful and delicate that it sweetened your ears. She sounded like a Disney princess, and she could perfectly be one if she put her mind to it.
"Well, we slept for the entire hour, so there's not much to say, honestly," Jihyo laughed.
"Oh, I understand you two must be very tired then..." Sana made a sad face, then looked at you, "I've never seen you before, it would be appropriate to formally introduce ourselves, right?"
You felt a prick in your heart when she spoke to you. As always happened to you when you met a new person, holding her gaze for more than three seconds was more than impossible for you. Jihyo also turned to look at you, and noticing your nervousness she nodded at you as if to say 'Come on, she's not going to bite you’.
"Y-yeah, sure," you nodded. You took a couple of steps until you were diagonal to Jihyo, "You can call me Balto, it's my pleasure."
You extended your hand, and she shook it gently. Her touch felt delicate, as if she were wearing a silk glove. You noticed her eyes on you at all times, but you were afraid that if you looked at her from that distance you would start to stutter more than usual.
"The pleasure is mine, Balto. I suppose I don't need to tell you my name, but I'm Sana. Minatozaki Sana, biomedical engineering student. Maybe that's why I've never seen you."
"Yeah," you nodded weakly, watching the cars pass by on your right, "West wing, right?"
Sana just nodded with a tight smile.
"I've only been there a couple of times, a-and I'm embarrassed to admit it was because the vending machines there had a snack I wanted."
Jihyo and Sana laughed at the same time, you had a hint of a smile too.
"Well, speaking of snacks, how about we go have breakfast? It's on me, and I insist," she raised her finger before Jihyo objected.
"I'd make it harder for you, but I'm hungry and not in my right mind," Jihyo replied.
"I wouldn't have changed my mind anyway."
Sana turned around with a superb smile and went to open the trunk of the car. When it opened, you put your suitcases in there and got inside with Sana. Jihyo sat in the passenger seat, and you settled behind her in the back seats. The entire journey was based on you being quiet looking at the streets of Busan, and Sana and Jihyo catching up on details about their social circle. You didn't know anything, you only recognized one or another name from having heard it from Jihyo previously, but it was fun listening to them talk. Your perception of Sana was not difficult to draw: she was an elegantly spoken person, her tone of voice and her words were always as sophisticated as possible; she also highlighted how perceptive she was in every response she gave, never remaining silent or giving up the last word unless the topic demanded it. She was the closest thing you could get to a Japan Princess today, but despite this you didn't notice her as egocentric or arrogant, quite the opposite, you could be sure that she could be as chill to deal with as Jihyo was. 
You arrived at your destination within ten minutes. The place where you were going to have breakfast was a nice cafe on the terrace of a five-story building. Sana was the one who guided you to the tables on the balcony, covered by large awnings that protected them from the hot sun. You sat in a triangle arrangement around the circular table, both girls on your diagonals. You ordered some toast with tomato, mortadella and mozzarella, accompanied by a glass of cold apple juice. Jihyo ordered lemon cake. And Sana ordered baked baguettes with bacon, egg and cheese.
While you were waiting for the food, Sana got some conversation out of you.
"Balto, what faculty are you from? Law, like Jihyo?" she asked you, then took a sip of her cappuccino.
"Uh, no," you shook your head, "Architecture."
"Oh… that's great," she nodded slowly, "Is it as cumbersome as they say?"
"I don't think it's as much as biomedical engineering."
Sana laughed again. Her laugh was as adorable as the way her cheeks stuck out when she smiled. She took another sip of the cappuccino and left it on the table.
"Both have their difficulties, the important thing is how you perceive it. Do you like it?"
"I love it, actually."
"Well, I love my career too. The difficulty doesn't matter," she shrugged, "Oh, how did you and Jihyo meet then?"
Jihyo finally got into the conversation.
"He is Dubu's boyfriend, a good friend of mine. She also studies architecture, in fact."
"Dubu? Kim Dahyun?" Sana raised both eyebrows.
"Aha, her. We've talked to her a couple of times, remember?"
"Sure, sure," Sana nodded, "How could I forget her? Beautiful smile, beautiful hair and beautiful figure. You're pretty lucky, huh?" she looked at you.
You didn't respond, instead of words just a silly babbling came out. You blushed and looked away. Sana giggled.
"Well, he and Dubu went to my apartment to drink and do karaoke. That's where I met him," she looked at you, "The poor guy wanted to run away, she had forced him to be there."
"Really? I hope you don't feel that way. We can go to the airport right now and buy you a return ticket, if you want," Sana raised an eyebrow.
"No!" you said immediately, "N-No, no need, really. I feel good."
Her eyes on you were a huge distraction. You were already awkward at socializing, but with her gaze on you, you directly felt like you were an idiot. Again, she just laughed. You thought she was making fun of you, but it was more like a tender giggle.
Your food arrived seconds later. You had breakfast calmly and without rushing. When it was over, Sana went to pay the bill—without asking how much it was, it should be noted—and you went back to the car. She drove for another ten minutes to one of the coastal areas of the city, where you could already notice that the buildings became much more modern and visibly exclusive as you entered a residential complex.
After passing a few houses and turning a corner, you finally arrived at Sana's chalet. You confirmed what you had previously suspected: she had to come from an extremely wealthy family, because that piece of infrastructure could easily be worth millions of dollars. It was two stories, the lower one being wider in comparison. The façade was simple and elegant, with a perfect balance between exposed concrete and somewhat discolored oak wood. There were few windows from the front, just one from the hallway that divided the second floor. There was a garage to the right, and to the left, a small interior garden surrounded by concrete walls where the entrance was.
Sana took a remote control from the glove compartment and pointed it at the garage, whose wooden plank door began to open in an upward arc. After parking the car inside, you got out and took your suitcases out of the trunk. You left the garage, and Sana pressed the same button as before to make it close. Then you turned the wall to your right and found the main door. Sana entered a numerical combination into a small panel embedded in the left frame of the door, and it turned on a small green light signaling that the door had been unlocked. You went ahead.
"Would you like a little tour?" Sana asked as you crossed the small garden that led to the main hallway.
"I mean yeah, this place is huge," Jihyo responded, seeing a tall tropical plant to the left.
Sana seemed pleased at the answer, and she nodded her head. You crossed the hallway, and when you reached the other side you could already see the sea in the background. You were greeted by stairs that led to the second floor on the right, and a large interior yard on the left; the area delimited by a wooden plank floor to make it stand out from the rest of the surface, which was made of polished concrete. In the middle of this yard there were three groups of wide individual white sofas placed side by side, around two short squares that functioned as small tables. This small area was covered by the shadow cast by small palm trees planted on top of a raised surface that ran from wall to wall. In addition to this, behind the furniture and under a covered area there was a long bar with counters full of bottles behind it. The perfect space for a bartender, basically.
The hallway and inner yard were part of a larger loft, where further ahead, finally entering under the roof, was a large open plan kitchen to the right, a dining room towards the center and a living room towards the wall on the left. .
This open space flowed to the terrace, where the main attraction was a spectacular infinity pool overlooking Busan Bay, which was delimited by a glass fence that also extended around the edges of the balcony. At the edges of the pool facing the house there were two wide beach chairs that were level with the ground, and that protruded half a meter into the water thanks to two concrete pillars below.
"By the way, do you need separate rooms or are you okay sleeping together?" Sana asked as you went up to the second floor.
You and Jihyo looked at each other. Your cheeks felt hot, and she tried hard to hide a smile.
"We have no problem sleeping together," Jihyo replied.
"Wonderful! Then allow me to show you your room."
Sana guided you through a series of wide hallways until you reached the room in question. It wasn't too big, but it made up for it with beautiful views towards the sea thanks to the glass walls on the left. There wasn't much furniture there either, just a queen size bed with a wooden panel as a headboard and a short wide stool with white lights underneath. Without a doubt the most notable thing about the room was that, just like the first floor, it was an open space that connected to the bathroom. Without any walls, no separation and much less privacy for the shower. It was meant for just one person, and maybe Sana knew that.
"Make yourself comfortable and let me know anything you need, please," Sana said as you left your things around the bed. Her hands clasped on her belly.
"A shower curtain, perhaps?" Jihyo joked with a chuckle.
"I'm afraid it won't be possible. Most of the time they aren't needed so there aren't any."
"So if a boat passes by, someone can see my tits while I bathe?"
"They would have to have very good binoculars there to be able to see such a hypnotizing and satisfying scene, so I don't think so."
After leaving your suitcase in the corner of the bed you sat on the lower edge and stretched your arms. You looked to the right to see the sea, radiant and beautiful at that time of the morning.
"Well, it's not like I care," Jihyo said, and then took off her jacket to lie down on the bed.
Sana took a couple of steps back and leaned on the right frame of the door.
"Hey, there are a lot of preparations to make before the guests start arriving, but you don't have to do anything. I have a whole team already hired to do everything."
"Sure? I can help you with the logistics, it's fun," Jihyo offered.
"Dear, as a good heir to my mother, I should be able to take care of everything myself. So no, you just relax here with Balto."
She blew Jihyo a kiss and winked at you before leaving the room. Jihyo stood up and knelt behind you to hug you by the neck. She gave you a kiss on the cheek.
"Well? What do you think about her?"
"I think she seems like something out of a fairy tale. I haven't heard someone so well-spoken since I had dinner with Dubu's parents."
"And she's a fucking beauty, isn't she?"
You weren't stupid, you already knew the purpose of the question from that mischievous tone she added at the end of the sentence.
"I would believe it if you told me she’s a beauty icon in Japan."
"Her mother is pretty well-known in the tech world, so she might be," Jihyo laughed.
"What does she do?" you turned to see her.
"Hmm... do you know Neuralink?
Your eyes widened. You just nodded.
"Well, she is one of the spearheads. I can't tell you exactly what she does because I don't know."
"Damn, she was born in a golden cradle huh?"
"Yeah, something like that. But she's always stood up for herself. She's currently running a project at the university about brain chips. Brilliant mind."
"Does that mean that if she wanted to see us as inferior and worldly beings, she could do so on a basis?"
"Basically, yes," she let out a laugh, "But she doesn't thank god. She's always been a very kind and very sweet person."
"I just hope she doesn't give us caviar to eat, I'd throw up."
Jihyo burst out laughing and pulled you back with her, you fell back between her legs.
You two tried to sleep a little more, but the hustle and bustle that Sana had warned you about minutes ago began to make itself felt within an hour. You had no choice but to go out and watch as the staff that Sana had hired continually left and entered the house, while they decorated and prepared everything for later.
At around 12 noon Sana called you from the lower floor.
"Guys, come down to lunch!" she said out loud.
You were exploring the upper floor a bit, so you heard her easily. You went down. In the kitchen there were already a couple of men in chef's outfits filling the cupboards and putting things into the refrigerator, while preparing a wide variety of foods on the long counter.
"Order whatever you want, they will be happy to prepare it," Sana said from one of the stools to the left of the bar.
"Whatever we wanted?" Jihyo asked, while you bowed politely to the cooks.
"Aha, don't be shy," she insisted.
You and Jihyo were simple minds. You didn't have the slightest idea about rigorously prepared dishes or anything like that, so you just asked the cooks to prepare pasta with chicken and cream. They looked at you as if asking if you were born stupid. All you did was shrug your shoulders.
"Gosh, the house is looking amazing," Jihyo said as she watched the lines of warm light bulbs running from beam to beam.
"Wait until you see the icing on the cake, then," Sana replied, then turned to one of the men perched on a ladder, "Dear, further to the left. That line can't be that close to the corner."
You, sitting in one of the chairs at the dining table, also turned around. She was giving instructions to the man on how to arrange the lights. You focused your attention now on the cooks, who were already finishing preparing the pasta. It looked so amazing it made your mouth water.
"And what are you talking about?" Jihyo asked.
"Myself, of course," she replied matter-of-factly, "As a good hostess I must look beautiful for my guests, dear."
"I don't think that's too difficult, Minatozaki."
"I can always be more beautiful. Don't question me about it."
A couple of minutes passed until the cooks brought the pasta dishes to you. The accompaniment was croutons with tartar sauce and grape juice. You weren't impressed with how delicious it was, as you expected that. Still you devoured every part of your meal as if it were your last. Jihyo tried to be more subtle than you and not look like a savage in front of Sana, but finally her palate worked against her and she ended up looking just like you. Sana had ordered her own dish: grilled salmon with rice and asparagus. In comparison to you, she looked like a royal while she ate.
"So, how was it?" She asked, looking at your empty plates.
"I genuinely haven't had a meal this good in months," Jihyo said, wiping her mouth with a napkin.
"I agree with her," you nodded, sinking into the seat to rest.
"I'm glad you enjoyed it," Sana smiled, "I recommend that you rest and start getting ready. The party will start at 6, and the guests start arriving at 5."
"Four hours, more than enough, right?" Jihyo turned to look at you.
"I think so. I can be ready in less than half an hour," you shrugged.
"Then let's go, Mr. Speedy."
Jihyo stood up, wiped some breadcrumbs off her pants, and patted your shoulder as she passed you. You stood up, gave Sana a shy little smile, and followed Jihyo up the stairs.
The decision of who bathed first was not too complicated. You would shower faster than Jihyo in absolutely any situation, so you were the first to undress in the other's eyes. You tried to pretend that she wasn't watching you and that she wasn't there as the water ran down your naked body, but of course this task proved impossible. You did a few dumb things in the middle of your shower, and with each one you heard Jihyo's mocking giggle in the background.
When you finished showering and turned off the faucet, you grabbed one of the hanging towels and dried yourself as best as possible before walking towards the bed. Jihyo smiled, with her eyes still on you, she stood up and gave you a kiss on the cheek before going to the shower. Out of the corner of your eye you watched as she slowly undressed, hoping to draw your attention to her. But you wanted to be better than her in that sense and tried to ignore her.
You took off the towel with the intention of starting to get dressed, but inevitably your eyes ended up on Jihyo's naked and wet body. The gym worked wonders. Every part of her body was perfectly defined, from her incredibly sexy back to her firm buttocks. That, together with the side profile of her tits and her sensual abdomen, were too much for you. You sat on the edge of the bed with your eyes on her, and taking advantage of the fact that her back was turned, you began to touch yourself.
Your cock became hard in a matter of mere seconds. You rubbed it slowly from up and down, attentive to how Jihyo filled every corner of her body with soap. At one point she bent over because she had dropped the soap—perhaps on purpose—, and when she did so you got a perfect view of her plump pussy for a few seconds. You let yourself go and closed your eyes, moving your hand faster. What you didn't know was that she had seen you over her shoulder at that exact moment, and seconds later she turned off the shower.
When you heard the water stop falling you quickly opened your eyes and stopped as if it hadn't happened at all. You tried to stand up and this time start getting dressed, but Jihyo stopped you short.
"Nuh-uh! Stay there," she said from the bathroom as she dried herself.
You cursed inwardly and sat there, your cheeks red with embarrassment. When Jihyo was completely dry she tossed the towel aside and started walking towards you. Your eyes went to her tits and down her abdomen until they reached her pussy. She stood in front of you and between your legs, she grabbed your chin and made you look up.
"Enjoying the view huh?" she asked, eyebrows raised and her tongue pressing against the inside of her cheek.
She brought one knee up into the space of the mattress between your legs and rubbed it against the back of your cock, which throbbed at her touch. You rested your hands behind you and leaned back a little to look into her eyes. Her knee started rubbing up and down. That alone managed to cause a drop of precum to spill out.
"My needy little boy..." she rested her hands on your thighs and leaned in to kiss you, "How adorable."
You shared a slow, sensual kiss for a few seconds until she pulled away from you to bring her hand to your mouth.
"Come on, spit on it," she ordered, still touching you with her knee.
You complied immediately, releasing a thick spit into Jihyo's hand. She brought that hand directly to your cock in a firm grip, and then started rubbing it like you had been doing a few minutes ago. She kissed you again, also using her knee to rub your balls. And you moaned against her lips as she jerked you off.
It wasn't long before she pushed you back against the bed and urged you to settle into it. You got into bed and rested your head on the pillow. Jihyo climbed in as well and straddled you, both thighs gripping either side of your hips. She wasted no time and impaled herself on you. Every inch of your cock now gone inside her warm, wet pussy.
Jihyo slumped forward and cradled your face in her hands to kiss you again. Her hips began to move up and down. She did it slowly, maybe too slow at first, but she did it so that you felt your cock go completely in and out of her with each movement. As the seconds passed she pushed herself harder, and then she started moving her hips faster.
You saw yourselves wrapped in that tangle of desire and lust that kept you isolated from anything that was happening around you. Of course this didn't mean anything good, because you didn't notice when Sana entered. She caught your attention with a throat clearing. Your heart skipped a beat.
Jihyo quickly jumped off you and fell to the side. She then grabbed the blankets and pulled them over you two, even pulling the sheets out from under the edges of the mattress. Your eyes were wide, but you didn't have the balls to dare look Sana in the eyes for even a second. Instead, you looked at the ceiling and pretended to be invisible.
"I'm sorry," she said with a giggle, "I'd love to let you finish, but now I do need your help with a vitally important matter."
"How long have you been staring, Minatozaki?!" Jihyo exclaimed, the blanket covering her up to the top of her breasts.
"Since you rode his cock. I don't want to ask who the fool was that left the door ajar."
You didn't hide it by looking at Jihyo with 'are you kidding me' eyes? Her cheeks turned red, and she avoided the two of you's gaze. She was better at handling embarrassment than you, so she just let out a nervous laugh.
"I'll be out in the hallway if you want to, you know, finish what you were doing."
She gave you a green light signal and left through the door, which this time was properly closed. Clearly neither you nor Jihyo could finish what you were doing, you had already lost inspiration completely and you were no longer hard. It's not like you care either. Your heads were clouded with shame for having been discovered by the owner of the house while you were fucking in one of the guest rooms.
You didn't put on your outfits yet, instead you put on comfortable clothes to go help Sana with whatever she needed your help. You found her in the hallway so calm, supervising the progress of the decoration on the floor below through the glass.
"Ready?" Sana looked you up and down with a mischievous smile, "Come with me, please."
You were guided to her room, which was significantly larger than yours as it was the master bedroom. The big centerpiece was the wide balcony on the left, right in front of the bed. On it the view of the sea was amplified in both directions, giving a beautiful perspective of the landscape. The balcony, bounded by the glass fence, extended further to the right, but you couldn't see what was on that side since it was hidden behind the room wall. To the right of the room was a small shaggy rug under a wide nightstand made of marble; next was the king size bed filled with pillows and cushions. And further ahead, at the back of the room, a mini living room with a sofa bed on the left, a rectangular table in the middle and on the right one of those chairs that were used in psychology offices. She also had a projector screen on the wall, with a small artificial fireplace underneath.
"Sit down, please," Sana said, pointing towards the bed.
She walked to the side of the room and pressed a button to lower a hatch that formed a wall and covered the balcony. Now you were under the artificial light of the room. You two sat on the lower edge of the bed as if you were two siblings about to receive a scolding from their mother; of course this was not the case, but the level of behavior you carried was worthy of. You were still looking at anything but Sana, but Jihyo did make an effort to try and pretend like nothing had happened.
After closing the balcony, Sana went through a door that was before the mini living room; you thought it was the bathroom, but she came out of there with like four dresses hanging on hooks in her hands. You came to the conclusion that the room was simply much larger than it seemed on its own.
"Very well, you are going to tell me what you think about each one," Sana said with a big smile on her face.
She began to show the dresses one by one, turning them around and putting them in front of her body. As expected, Jihyo, for the simple fact of being a woman, gave much more elaborate opinions than yours, which were only based on: 'I like this color more than this one' or 'I don't know, I feel like this one is more with the occasion'. What you didn't expect was that Sana would have a solution for your lack of eloquence.
"Mmm, I think I'd better try them on," she said, and she began to undress before the disbelieving eyes of you and Jihyo.
The first thing that fell to the ground was her jacket; underneath she was wearing nothing more than a gray bra that gave a slight push up to her more than generous tits. Her jacket was followed by her pants, which, being high-waisted, revealed everything you couldn't see from the breasts down. It was a perfect body in absolutely every way: nice and slightly toned abdomen, lethal hips, a pair of slender legs and an ass that could do wonders with. The panties she was wearing were the same color as the bra, and to give you a little show, she pulled them up just to highlight the shape of her buttocks even more.
She began trying on the dresses one by one; again, Jihyo was acting more normal than you, but you still did your best to formulate good opinions without making your mouth water. Finally, she opted for a semi-transparent red dress, with a long skirt at the back and an inverted V shape at the front.
Sana, being half naked again, approached you, and with each hand on one of your thighs she gave you both a kiss on the cheek. You were paralyzed by the kiss, your cheeks burning. Jihyo on the other hand looked at her with suggestive eyes, not hiding the fact that she was eating her out with the gaze.
"Thanks for the help, cuties," she said between you.
"Anytime, beautiful," Jihyo replied in a lower voice.
Sana gave each of your thighs a light squeeze and stood up straight.
"Feel free to go get ready. I have things to do myself," she nodded toward the door.
You diligently stood up and left Sana's room, heading towards yours. When you arrived you did finish what you had started in the first place—making sure that the door was firmly closed—, and when you finished you began to get dressed. Your choice of outfit was a headache; Jihyo helped you in any way she could while she put on her makeup, but your insecurity and indecision only slowed you down. It took you a little over an hour to finally make a decision: high-heeled black leather boots, black semi-skinny jeans, and an open black shirt with a white tropical print on top of a white t-shirt.
"Damn, you look gorgeous!" Jihyo told you as she adjusted her rose-shaped earrings.
"Not as good as you but thank you," you sighed, looking at yourself in the mirror next to her.
"Oh hell nah," she grabbed your face and made you look at her, "You look amazing, and I need you to feel amazing for the party."
"You know I'm not one of those, Jihyo."
"I'm not asking you to be. I just want you to feel good about yourself."
She shook your head a little and leaned up to give you a peck on the nose.
"Believe me, darling. You look very handsome and you will have nothing to envy of anyone," she remarked, looking into your eyes.
Your only possible response was to hug her; Hold her so tightly in your arms that just that was enough for her to know how grateful you were. You separated after a few seconds, and gave her a kiss on her forehead.
"Thank you, really," you smiled weakly, "Come on, keep getting ready, it's almost time."
Another half hour passed until Jihyo was completely ready. She gave you a little modeling show, which made you laugh a few times since she was really trying to be funny. The truth was that she looked beautiful; a sleeveless white top with red flowers on it, white flared pants with slits on the sides of the thighs, and white sneakers.
When you were both ready, you went down to the first floor, where the DJ that Sana had hired had already played some house music to relax while the guests arrived. The music was coming from the other side of the open space, from the pool. You could only see the mixing console and the massive speakers installed on each side. You looked around and admired the details of the decoration; from the lines of beach ball-shaped lamps to the lines of warm light bulbs. As icing on the cake, just as she had predicted, Sana was sitting on a sofa in the inner yard; on top of one of the squares in front of her, a bucket filled with ice with what appeared to be two bottles of champagne inside it.
She looked stunning. She was dressed in the dress that you had helped her choose and sandals with straps that went around her calves to below the knee; this, however, was not her main attraction, but rather the red flower attached to the side of her head which made her pretty crimson lips stand out.
"Look who we have here!" She exclaimed, crossing her legs, "Wow, you really wanted to compete with me, huh? You both look incredible."
"You didn't think we were going to make it easy for you, did you?" Jihyo asked, walking past you towards her.
"I said you wanted to compete with me. Not that you were going to win," Sana looked at you and winked, "Toast me, please."
She invited you to sit with her. You sat on her side, and Jihyo sat in the empty square in front of you. With a wave of her hand came a girl in a suit, who reached into the ice bucket and pulled out one of the champagne bottles to open it; as she did so she picked up three fluted glasses and poured the golden liquid into them. Sana thanked her with a smile and handed you the glasses. She raised hers.
"To the start of a wonderful night," Sana toasted, and the two of you clinked your glass against hers.
You had never been particularly a fan of champagne, but when you took the first sip from your glass you couldn't help but take the second almost immediately. It was delicious. Jihyo as well as Sana drank just a sip.
"Oh, it's about time people started arriving, isn't it?" Jihyo asked, looking at her phone.
"Aha," Sana nodded, looking towards the entrance hall, "There's security outside, so they'll come in any minute."
Just as Sana had said, within a few minutes people began to arrive. Luckily for you, there were a few familiar faces, like Nayeon or Han, or a few people you frequented in the university hallways. But the vast majority were strangers to you, and having each one come up to greet Sana for being the hostess didn't help your social anxiety. None seemed too relevant to her, except for a few people she introduced you to. They were three girls and one guy: Kim Minji, Chou Tzuyu, Lee Gahyeon and Kim Yugyeom. All of them, including Nayeon and Han, would be part of the group that the three of you would stay with for the rest of the night.
Tumblr media Tumblr media Tumblr media Tumblr media Tumblr media Tumblr media
After the arrival time there were around three dozen people in the house, not counting those who were going to arrive late. There were a lot of people, and soon the bustle began to get louder. Sana stood up and left you with the others to go to the stairs, climb a couple of steps and signal to the staff to turn down the music. Everyone turned to look at her. She cleared her throat to raise her voice.
"First of all, welcome and thank you all for coming tonight. I know that many, if not all, of you had to fly from Seoul just to attend this eventuality. I apologize for that, but," she raised a finger, "As compensation you should know that the bar is completely free tonight, so you can drink as much as you want!"
Everyone erupted in cheers, but Sana raised her hands again to attract attention.
"Oh, I almost forgot. The pool is available to whoever wants to enjoy it. Just keep it clean or no one will leave here until it's cleaned..." she made a small silence, looking into the eyes of everyone she could so they knew she was serious, "Enjoy the party!"
At the end of Sana's speech the music returned, this time to its highest point. Now the walls and floor were reverberating with the sound of the techno house that the DJ was playing. You recognized the first song: Losing It by FISHER. The lights went out to make way for the illumination provided by the decorations, and soon the party came alive on its own.
Small groups of people began to form around the bar, where two bartenders worked together to comply with every order they received. They were accompanied by a security man who made sure that people were orderly and nothing got out of control. Sana being the hostess was able to make her way through the people and order a drink for herself first, then she got one for you and Jihyo. All three were piña coladas. Nayeon and Yugyeom insisted for her to get them one too, but Sana sent them to stand in line like everyone else.
"Let's go take a seat on the couch before someone comes," Jihyo hurried you and Sana.
The three of you went to the living 'room'. The big white couch there was semi-square shaped, with the left side longer than the other. You skirted it on the left; you settled near the end, Jihyo next to you and Sana diagonally to the two of you. From there the smell of food was stronger; in the kitchen the two cooks were already beginning to prepare the appetizers that would later be distributed among the crowd.
"Are they making bacon?" you asked, trying to see what they were doing.
"I don't know, probably. Why, are you hungry already?" Sana asked with an amused expression.
She took a sip of her piña colada and stirred it with the straw.
"Oh yeah, he's as shy as he is gluttonous," Jihyo said.
You looked at her with a grimace and raised an eyebrow.
"Don't you love bacon too?" you asked, trying to defend yourself.
"I love it. He has a point there," Sana said.
Jihyo took a sip of her drink and looked at you.
"Of course I love it. But that doesn't mean that you could eat an entire Burger King menu by yourself if you set your mind to it."
Before you could formulate a defense, Sana's other friends began to arrive one by one. Nayeon and Han settled to the right of her; they were followed by Tzuyu, Yugyeom, Minji, and Gahyeon, who was facing you at the other end of the couch. Immediately the conversation flowed between all of them. It was obvious that everyone had known each other for a long time, a well-established group of friends. And how could it be otherwise, you soon felt out of place since you didn't have much, or rather nothing, to contribute to the conversations. That's where Jihyo and Han came in, who, having already known you before, did everything possible to include you and not make you feel like a zero to the left. You appreciated that, a lot.
"Hey hey, it's time to play something don't you think?" Yugyeom said, leaning forward, "I want an excuse to get drunk."
Han turned to look at him.
"And what do you want to play? Beach volleyball?"
"I'm not drunk enough for that. I have never ever."
The rest of you turned your heads in interest towards Yugyeom, who was smiling mischievously.
"Oh now I have your attention right?" He laughed, "Who wants to start?"
Everyone looked at each other for a few seconds, finally it was Jihyo who raised her hand.
"I'll start, but let's start gently, please."
"But that's boring!" Yugyeom protested.
Jihyo looked at him like she wanted to throw a cushion at him.
"Innocent questions are the easiest to make people drink quickly, you airhead," she looked away, "Aha. I've never ever cut my hair and I've regretted it."
An easy question indeed. The only ones who didn't drink were you, Jihyo, Tzuyu and Sana.
In order, the next one was Sana, who changed the leg that she had crossed and licked her lips.
"I have never ever cried watching a movie or reading a book."
You all drink. Then Jihyo looks at Yugyeom.
"I told you they were the easiest, idiot."
"Shut your mouth Park."
Next was Nayeon, who waved her hand for Jihyo and Yugyeom to shut up.
"I have never ever had doubts about my sexual orientation."
Tzuyu raised both eyebrows and looked at her.
"Wah! I thought you said innocent questions at first."
"That's innocent. I'm not implying anything, honey."
You, Minji, and Han didn't drink. You weren't surprised coming from Jihyo considering her recent history, but you were surprised by Sana, who Jihyo leaned over to talk to. You were close enough to hear her.
"That's nice. It would have been a real shame if you didn't bat the other way too."
Sana looked into her eyes with a sly smile.
"It's fun to eat all kinds of things, isn't it?"
The suggestive tone in her voice was accompanied by a small staring competition between the two of them. They were forced to break eye contact when Tzuyu raised her voice with a slightly more awkward question.
"I have never ever used drugs."
Obviously you don't drink. Sana, Minji and Han didn't either. As Jihyo drank you looked at her with a frown, she could only laugh.
"Honey, in law school you need to relieve stress with a joint once in a while."
"Well, how ironic."
"I know right?"
You and her laughed and then looked at the next person, Minji.
"I have never ever received a slap in public."
Neither you nor the rest of the girls drink. Only Yugyeom and Han did it. Gahyeon laughed.
"You are men. That makes a lot of sense."
You all burst into laughter, even Han. But Yugyeom didn't seem to be so amused. He looked at you and pointed with his arm outstretched.
"He's also a man, why don't you make fun of him too?"
You looked at him and shrugged, not giving a damn. Nayeon immediately came to your defense.
"I attest that there is no guy more calm and quiet than him. Who could slap him in public?"
You looked at Nayeon and said 'thank you' with your lips. She just winked at you and gave you a thumbs up. Yugyeom rolled his eyes and shook his head. The next one was Gahyeon, who raised the tone of the questions.
"I've never received a lap dance."
You all drink. Yugyeom almost choked while he did so as he let out a laugh. He didn't look at you, but you knew he was talking about you.
"I certainly didn't expect anyone to ever give him a lap dance. I don't think he knows how to ask for one."
Absolutely no one laughed. The only one who laughed but more out of pity was Tzuyu. Gahyeon made a confused expression as she looked at you and then at him.
"He's pretty cute, so I'd do it anyway. I couldn't say the same about you."
The general reaction was to raise eyebrows and look at Yugyeom's humiliated face. He didn't say anything, he just took out his phone and looked at it to get out of the situation. Then Jihyo broke the awkward silence to liven things up.
"Well, come on, do it," she nodded at you, "He needs to warm up. He's had too little to drink."
Sana turned to look at you with an expectant smile. She took a sip of her drink, which was close to finishing. She then turned to look at Gahyeon, who stood up without hesitation and walked around the coffee table in front of you from the left until she was standing in front of you. She leaned in to speak in your ear.
"First of all, are you okay with this? I don't want to make you feel uncomfortable or something."
Her sudden closeness made your heart faster. Normally you would have stuttered out of nervousness, but this time you took a deep breath so as not to make a fool of yourself. You turned your head to meet her face inches away.
"Don't worry. You go ahead," you nodded.
Gahyeon smiled and also nodded her head. She waited a few seconds for the current song to end and another to start. Slow it Down by Ty Dolla Sign blasted through the speakers. Gahyeon stood up and turned around, and before the eyes of everyone present, she supported herself on your knees with her hands and sat right on top of your crotch. Now you just watched her pretty, long red hair fall down her back as she pressed against your bulge and moved to the rhythm of the music.
You didn't know what the hell to do with your hands or where to put your eyes. She had an incredible ass, more than could be seen above her gray striped white dress. That was where your eyes stayed stationary for a few long seconds. Her wide hips moved back and forth, doing an expert job that led you to finally put your hands on them.
You knew you had a lot of eyes on you, and that's why you didn't dare move your gaze from Gahyeon. If you had, you could have made eye contact with Sana or Jihyo, or worse, with one of the others. That would have made you nervous and made it look awkward. Luckily, and also unfortunately for you, Gahyeon didn't let the song end to stop.
The lap dance had been brief, but it was enough to leave you hard as a rock and breathing heavily. Gahyeon didn't stand up yet, she leaned back still sitting on top of you and pressed her back against your chest to get closer to your ear.
"If I keep going I’m gonna get too horny, cutie, I'm sorry. But if you want some private fun just look at me and give me a sign."
Gahyeon gave you a kiss on the cheek, stood up, straightened her hair and walked back to her seat as if nothing had happened. She had a proud little smirk on her face, and you were left with her offer running over and over in your head.
You continued avoiding glances. You were hard under your pants, and even though no one was going to see anything due to the lack of light, you tried to hide it as much as possible. But Jihyo knew you and she knew your body language. She leaned closer to your other ear with a little smile.
"That ass has to move great huh?"
She giggled mischievously and patted your thigh a few times. Then you both directed glances towards Yugyeom as he took his turn.
"I've never ever had to hide a hickey."
You all drink. The round passes without further complications. The next turn was Han.
"I've never fucked someone twice my age."
You all looked at each other in a mix between expectation and hope that no one would drink, but finally only Yugyeom and Tzuyu drank. Once again you all laughed. Sana leaned forward and looked at them both.
"Come on, tell me how that happened," she managed to say between laughs.
Tzuyu takes it much more naturally than Yugyeom, who seemed almost embarrassed but not remorseful. Tzuyu looked at Sana.
"Well, old perverts sometimes drop a lot of money when they're desperate," she shrugged.
Sana nodded slowly in understanding.
"Darling, I can get you a job as a model at any brand you want. Don't indulge those disgusting old men."
Tzuyu's face lit up. Beside her, Nayeon looked as surprised as you.
"Huh? Are you serious?"
"Aha. My father has a lot of contacts in that industry. I'll call you tomorrow, promise."
Sana winked at the smiling Tzuyu. Then she looked at Yugyeom and tilted her head, waiting patiently for his explanation.
"Damn, I'm not going to give details; I'm just going to say that I had to finance my vacation to the Maldives somehow."
With his answer he now gave way to the next turn, and that was you. You didn't know what the fuck to say, you had to look at Jihyo for help. She leaned close to your ear to tell you what you were going to say. It was a trick directed against you too, but you had no choice but to repeat it.
"I've never ever had a threesome."
You all drink, except Sana. You all looked at her like 'you're kidding, right?' But no one dared to question her except for Jihyo, who looked at her with a frown.
"You're just lying, right?"
"Why would I lie?" Sana raised an eyebrow, "No, I've never had the chance. But a first time wouldn't be bad..."
As she said that she looked at the two of you and bit her lip in such a sexy way that you couldn't help but look at her up and down, thinking of the thousand and one ways you would love to...
You were beating around the bush once again. What brought you out of your trance was the realization that your glass was already empty. And not just yours, but everyone else's too. Sana had to call a couple of workers to bring drinks for everyone. This time you ordered a Negroni, Jihyo ordered a Gin Tonic, and Sana ordered a Moscow Mule. You didn't even know what the hell that last one was.
The whole cycle came back to the very beginning, to Jihyo, who first took a sip of her drink before saying anything.
"I have never ever had sex more than five times in a single night."
It was a pretty bold question, in fact, Nayeon looked at Jihyo with a frown since it was obvious that no one was going to drink. But to your surprise, Yugyeom and Tzuyu drank. Nayeon turned to them and raised her eyebrows in an expression that made you all laugh.
"Mother of a fucking god, how do you have that energy? I do it once and I already feel like I'll be taken by the grim reaper."
"With two minutes I'm already out of soul," Han intervened out of nowhere.
The laughter only expanded and multiplied, even Yugyeom and Tzuyu, the victims of the joke, laughed.
You weren't so amused when Sana's turn came and she went straight for your neck.
"I have never ever been caught while fucking."
The question fell like a bucket of cold water on your and Jihyo's heads. You both avoided Sana's gaze, it still made you deeply ashamed. But you knew she had a proud smirk on her face, and that she didn't regret saying it in the least.
You and Jihyo drink with your face hot from blushing. Nayeon and Han also drink without commenting at all. The rest don't drink, of course Sana doesn't either.
"We'll complete this round and be done with it, okay?"
You all nodded, at that point it was being more than enough, since the alcohol was making more than one of you tipsy.
Next was Nayeon, who asked a question exclusively dedicated to women.
"I have never ever used a common object as a dildo."
The only ones who drink are Gahyeon, Minji and Tzuyu. They thought they were safe from questions, but Nayeon was an expert at asking awkward questions.
"What did you use? You don't have to explain."
The three looked at each other, none daring to speak first. It was Gahyeon who had to sacrifice herself and step forward.
"A cucumber with a condom."
"I mean, that sounds fun not gonna lie. You two?"
Nayeon looked at Tzuyu and Minji, it was the latter who spoke.
"The handle of a hairbrush."
Minji immediately covered her face to fight her embarrassment. Nayeon laughed.
"Damn girl, how desperate were you?" She didn't wait for answers, she just looked at Tzuyu, "And what about you?"
Tzuyu took a few long seconds to respond.
"A pearl necklace. I won't explain."
"You don't have to do it either, but for that just buy some anal sockets girl."
The next turn was Tzuyu's, who quickly spoke to change the topic.
"I have never ever masturbated in public."
She, Yugyeom and Gahyeon drink. Now it was Minji's turn.
"I have never ever exposed myself on webcam."
Saying that she turned to look in a very undisguised way at her friend, Gahyeon. Who just shrugged.
"What can I tell you, being a webcam model is easy money when you have a hot body," she said before drinking, but now it was her turn, "I have never ever slept with anyone in this group."
You, Jihyo, Nayeon, Han, Yugyeom and Tzuyu drink. At that moment you exchanged glances with Gahyeon, who raised an eyebrow in anticipation of some sign from you. She wanted it, but you were still full of doubts. You felt pathetic having to ask Jihyo for help once again, but she was the closest thing you had to a Jiminy Cricket. After explaining her situation to her, she didn't seem surprised, she just gently took your arm and spoke in your ear.
"Honey, enjoy the night as much and as you want. Do you want it?"
"Fuck, of course I want it. It's just that... you know, I'm afraid of making a fool of myself."
"Balto, you'd be surprised how really good you fuck. Now, don't be a whiner and get your claws out."
She tapped your shoulder with her fist and you looked at Gahyeon for a few long seconds as she spoke to Minji. You didn't do anything yet, but you had already made the decision in your head.
Next was Yugyeom. His question was extremely timely.
"I have never ever imagined anyone in this group naked."
Absolutely all of you drink, but you do it while looking at Gahyeon, who was also looking at you.
Next was Han.
"I have never ever recorded myself having sex."
No one except Gahyeon and Tzuyu drinks. Gahyeon kept looking at you, this time as she crossed her legs and leaned to the side just so you could see the width of her hips and the size of her ass. You couldn't take it much longer. You made the damn sign, and she smiled. You stood up.
"Guys, I have to go to the bathroom, I'll be right back."
You exchange a glance with Jihyo, who winks at you, and then you leave the living room. You made your way through the people as fast as you could, only one possible destination in your head: the bathroom on the upper floor, the one you knew no one was going to use since there were two more downstairs. You trotted up the steps, and hurried into the bathroom before anyone else decided to do so.
It was a long bathroom, wide enough to walk freely in it. It was funny to imagine yourself as a guy in the waiting room for a porn audition, who would say that at that moment you were almost guessing the future. You leaned your lower back against the sink on the left, so big that it looked like a whole dresser on its own. You crossed your arms and waited.
Gahyeon took longer than you expected, but she arrived after five minutes with a couple of knocks on the door. As soon as you opened the door she rushed in and closed it behind her.
"God, I'm sorry. I had to make a fool of Yugyeom again," she laughed.
"Did he say something stupid again?"
"Everything he says is stupid. But that's not what's important now."
She took a step forward and stood in front of you. You stared into each other's eyes for a few long seconds as she closed the distance, until finally your faces were inches apart. From that distance her absurdly attractive parted lips looked irresistible to you. You couldn't help but let yourself go and grab her face to kiss her.
Her lips were not only amazing, they felt amazing too. They didn't feel like any pair you had kissed before, these were like two delicious gummies because of how soft they were. As if that weren't enough, she was an excellent kisser.
She left her phone on the sink and wrapped her arms around your neck. One hand rested on your left shoulder, and the other on the back of your neck to caress the hair there. You deepened the kiss, now she invited you to swirl your tongues in an intense exchange of saliva and gasps. At that moment you remembered what Jihyo had told you: 'Get your claws out.'
Putting any possible shyness aside, you brought your hands directly to Gahyeon's ass and squeezed each of her buttocks tightly. She didn't bother to hide her surprise.
"Mmm, you're not as calm as you seem huh?" she murmured against your lips, "Grab as much as you want, go on." 
She crashed into your lips again, and you scrunched up her dress on either side of her hips to slowly hike it up until it was swirling around her waist. You left her nice round butt exposed;  you wasted no time in squeezing it again, this time feeling the milky soft skin against your fingertips. The flesh of her ass felt tender, perfect for spanking a few times to make her moan against your lips.
Gahyeon didn't leave her hands still up for long. She reached down to grab your cock over your pants. You were hard from before, she just had to squeeze it a little and start massaging it gently with her small hand. In a matter of seconds she had already unbuttoned your pants and unzipped you; then she put her hand in your boxers to pull out your cock and rub it slowly. You gasped and brought your hand between her buttocks, using your two fingers to rub her slit over her panties.
"Before I feast on your cock... can I make a request of you?"
"Hm?"
Gahyeon took the phone from the sink and pressed it against your chest for you to pick up. Then she fell to her knees in front of your cock.
"Make sure you record everything. And when I say everything, that's everything. But don't turn on the flash, I don't want to go blind."
It really was something you didn't care about at all. You didn't know what she was going to do with that video, but you were okay with at least not showing your face. She unlocked her phone for you and you accessed the camera, held it vertically and started recording.
The first thing Gahyeon did was lower your pants and boxers to her ankles, then she gave you a wonderful first contact with your cock; she pressed her beautiful lips against the back of it and filled it with wet kisses. She also kissed the sides of your shaft, and then used her tongue to give you a long lick all the way to the tip, where she didn't hesitate to grip her lips around.
She took half of your cock in one smooth motion, making you moan as you watched her through the screen. Her head began to move back and forth, slowly so that you could feel how satisfying her lips were there too. She wasn't just seeing your panting face as she slurped on your shaft, you felt like she was also seeing through your soul.
Gahyeon's hand went to your balls to squeeze them into a soft bunch and then left it gripping around your base. You lost eye contact as she focused on taking a couple more inches into her mouth and increasing the pace considerably. You lowered the phone to now record from the side and capture every detail of the lewd act, trying to comply with her request in the best way possible.
She pumped her head faster, filling your cock with saliva in an amazing messy blowjob. Completely ignoring the camera she looked up to meet your eyes again. What she was looking for was to know if she was doing it in a way that you liked; she found your mouth half open and your brow furrowed in pleasure. More than positive confirmation.
"Mmm, you look even cuter getting your cock sucked," she said as she pulled you out of her mouth, now sucking on your balls as she stroked you with her hand.
After a few seconds she dove back into your cock. She threw aside any sense of restraint and simply began devouring your cock with frantic pumps. After a few seconds she removed her hand from around your base and brought her lips further; her nose rested against your pelvis, and feeling your tip rub against her throat made you moan louder. You returned to the initial recording angle, and she looked directly into the camera as she made gagging sounds against your cock.
She pulled you out with a sharp intake of breath, then brought her hand back to your cock to jerk it off.
"Do you have condoms? I left my handbag downstairs."
"Y-yeah, my wallet is in my pants pocket."
Gahyeon reached into your pants pocket and pulled it out. She rummaged through the sections of it, until she finally pulled out a condom.
"Do you want to see a magic trick?"
She didn't give you time to respond. She quickly opened the envelope, took out the condom and held it between her lips; then she took your cock with her hand and put it on you using her mouth. You captured everything up close on camera, and it was probably one of the hottest things you've ever seen. With the condom already on your cock Gahyeon stood up.
"Go ahead, fuck me however you want baby," she said over your lips, then gave you a small kiss.
You stepped away from the sink, and used your only available hand to grab her arm and bend her against the edge. Her face was inches from the mirror, floating above the faucet. Her dress had fallen down again, it was up to you to pull it back up and around her waist again. With her ass exposed again she lifted it up as high as possible, making it twice as attractive for you to grope and squeeze.
She looked at you over her shoulder with her lips panting. She moved her ass from side to side, and you slapped your cock several times against each of her butt cheeks while looking into her eyes. You soon stopped your foreplay and grabbed the hem of her white lace panties to pull them down to her knees in one fell swoop. You shifted the phone to your left, now using your right to reach between her thighs and rub her slit up and down. Her pussy was more than ready for you, it felt extremely wet and soft. You took your cock in your hand, rubbed it a few times between her folds and took it inside her.
"Mmm! Wait wait!" she sputtered, "Slow... it feels so fucking big, god."
Through the mirror you saw her face twisted in a mixture of pain and pleasure; you didn't want to hurt her in any way, so you were as careful as possible as your cock slowly worked its way into her. When you were impaled deep inside that hot silky pussy, you rested for a few long seconds. Gahyeon didn't say anything, her face was paralyzed by the sensation of being completely stretched. It wasn't until a few seconds later that you saw fit to start moving. 
You brought your only available hand to her waist, clinging there as you slowly pumped back and forth. Your cock went in and out completely without much difficulty; it disappeared between her buttocks in an almost hypnotic way, which led you to squeeze her left buttock and spread it, just to get a better shot of how her pussy was being fucked faster every second.
"That's it... give me more baby, fuck that hot pussy good," she moaned, watching you through the mirror and the camera.
In response you raised your hand and gave her a spank on the buttock that you had squeezed seconds ago. You caused her to squeal, and also to voluntarily lift one of her thighs to rest on the edge of the sink. You returned your hand to her waist, letting your fingers tightly grip on the soft flesh there. You moaned out loud, increasing the pace to now give strong and constant thrusts to her pussy.
"Oh fuck yeah!" Gahyeon whimpered, holding on to the faucet with both hands, "Fuck fuck fuck fuck!"
She dropped her head between her shoulders, letting herself be carried away by the pleasure your strong thrusts gave her. Above the muffled music that was playing outside, the sound of Gahyeon's buttocks being slammed again and again by your pelvis. You gave her butt cheek another spank, her skin now marked in a dull red. And speaking of red, her long hair, held behind her head by a clip, looked too cute hanging down her back not to pull on it.
"W-when you're going to cum… take off the condom and paint my face!" she screeched, seeing you again.
"I got you."
You grabbed a handful of her hair in your hand and pulled it back. Her pussy clenched around your cock; her moans were interspersed with screams and grunts, and you couldn't do anything but fuck her with everything you had.
Her body bounced back and forth violently, at one point you were even afraid that she would hit her forehead on the mirror, but that's why you kept her face away by pulling her hair back; you didn't pull it too hard for fear of going overboard, however it was more than enough for Gahyeon to reach her orgasm.
"Yessss!!! Mmmm!! Don't fucking stop!!"
In her desperation to look for something to hold on to, she unintentionally turned on the faucet water, something that would have made you laugh if it weren't for the fact that you yourself were close to your orgasm. You grunted in pleasure and let go of Gahyeon's hair to give her another spank, fucking her mercilessly through her ecstasy. You hadn't looked at the phone screen for a while, when you did you realized that the shot was a little crooked and that you weren't capturing everything in its maximum splendor; to correct it, you changed the phone from your hand once again and lowered it, recording again from the side to capture in close-up how your cock hammered her pussy.
After a few seconds you felt the tingling, and in one quick movement you left Gahyeon's pussy to remove the condom as quickly as you could; in that period of time she had already lowered her thigh from the edge of the sink and had turned to fall on her knees to the floor in front of your cock.
You stroked your cock as fast as you could, moaning loudly as you recorded a perfect shot of Gahyeon's face as she closed her eyes and left her face as a canvas for you. As you reached your peak you let out a louder moan, while thick jets of semen came out of your cock and landed on Gahyeon's beautiful face; soon it was covered in a thick layer of white, she had to wipe her eyelids with her fingers to open her eyes, then she looked at you and smiled at the camera. You couldn't help but blush.
"You liked it huh? You came a lot..."
She took your cock with her hand and started rubbing it all over her face, collecting as much cum as she could with it and then putting it in her mouth and cleaning it. It was one of the hottest things you could ever see in your life; you had to make a great effort not to faint right there. She repeated that process a couple of times, until finally both your cock and her face were 'clean'.
"That's it, cut."
You stopped the recording diligently. Then she stood up, pulled up her panties, and pulled her dress back down. She took the phone from your hand and placed a warm kiss on your cheek.
"Thanks cutie. You're a great fuck," she said with a little smile.
"I can say the same about you. And hey, thanks to you. Uh… You didn't do it just because you're drunk, right?"
She laughed. You pulled up your boxers and pants again.
"Huh? I'm not drunk, silly."
She turned and began to wash her hands in the sink, your eyes met in the reflection of the mirror.
"I fucked you because I found you genuinely cute and I certainly wasn't wrong in thinking you would fuck amazing."
She lowered her face to wash the sticky parts of her face, being very careful not to ruin her makeup too much. Meanwhile you looked at yourself in the mirror, adjusting your outfit and your hairstyle. You thought now was your time to make a move.
"Well, I wasn't wrong either in thinking that ass would be wonderful."
Gahyeon raised her head and looked you up and down with a smile.
"Do you want my number? I would love for you to enjoy it more."
That, ladies and gentlemen, is a masterful victory.
"Yeah, sure," you nodded, pulling your phone out of your pocket.
You waited patiently for her to finish cleaning her face so she could dictate her number to you. You did the same with yours.
"Look for me on Instagram too: fox._.zzlo_"
You chuckled.
"Wasn't there a more complicated name?"
"Everyone I tried was already taken, it's not my fault."
You both followed each other on instagram as well. You were lying if you didn't say you were embarrassed by the difference in your feeds, a lot versus almost nothing. Your self-esteem didn't go that far yet.
"You go out first, I'll come down later," she told you.
"It's not like anyone is suspicious anyway, but aight."
"You have to maintain a certain degree of impudence, darling."
She patted your shoulder a couple of times, blew you a kiss, and urged you to leave. You did so, leaving her alone in the bathroom.
The loud music and bustle filled your ears once again. The difference in environments was overwhelming, you even considered running into the bathroom with Gahyeon again, but you were going to look like a chihuahua with nervous problems. You recognized that the party was at a high point when you looked over the railing and saw the vast majority of people dancing in the inner yard. The mere thought of having to get in there was overwhelming, but you had no choice.
Going down you made your way through the crowd, who were dancing to the rhythm of Lady Gaga's Applause. You were desperately looking for a friendly face, but you only found people that you only waved at from a distance when you were at university. After a few seconds of searching you finally found it. Even though she wasn't exactly who you were looking for, you were grateful.
"I hope Gahyeon was a nice fuck!" Minji exclaimed so you could hear her over the music, "Do you dance?"
Minji had something undecipherable about her; every movement and every expression she made was stupidly attractive, as if she knew perfectly how to use every one of her good qualities. That way it became rather impossible for you to reject her offer.
You sighed and shrugged.
"Yeah, why not."
You approached her so she could put her hand on the back of your neck. You didn't dare touch her with your hands out of mere respect, but you stayed close enough to her to feel the warmth of her body and the subtle scent of alcohol emanating from her. The song opportunely changed to SexyBack by Justin Timberlake. She danced amazingly, which was appreciated since you were pretty close to stinking at it, but you did your best.
"You know? You look like a good guy. Thank god you're not like that jerk Yugyeom."
"He doesn't have much of a good reputation, does he?"
She shook her head. She was staring at you, but you avoided her gaze.
"Not the best of personalities, as you may have noticed."
"Yeah, I can tell."
"All the girls he's been with leave him after a couple of weeks because he's unbearable. Tzuyu is probably going down the same path."
"They are...?"
"Oh yeah, but it's a recent thing. They won't last long."
She took both of your hands and made you put them on her waist, as if telling you to stop being so clumsy. Her body pressed against yours; you just let yourself be carried away by her magnificent movements. You now had to speak in her ear.
"You seem very sure of that, don't you think it's hasty to say so?"
Minji laughed into the side of your face, then wrapped her arms around your neck and placed a hand on the back of your neck.
"Well, as always, there is a chance that something will click and turn out well. But out of every ten girls, ten get hurt by that fool."
"And why do girls still go out with him?"
Minji shrugged.
"God knows why. But that's none of your business, you just worry about keeping who you are and behave."
The song ended, she gave you a kiss on the temple and let go of you. You looked into her eyes.
“I do what I can,” you nodded.
"Yes, I know you do," she smiled, "Oh, look who's here."
You turned to your right. Gahyeon emerged from the crowd, perfectly groomed and impeccable as if nothing had happened. She stood next to the two of you.
"Would you leave her to me for a bit, baby?" she winked at you.
"Of course, I was already leaving."
You returned the wink, smiled at Minji and walked past the two of them to resume your search for the two people you had been trying to find for ten minutes already. Among the entire crowd you found Nayeon and Han dancing, as well as Yugyeom and Tzuyu. Right at the division between the inner yard and the open space you found the two of them. To your surprise, or maybe not so much, they were dancing too close together.
Jihyo had Sana holding her waist from behind, her chin resting on her shoulder with a little smile of being quite tipsy. Sana on the other hand had one hand loose and the other extended behind her, holding onto Jihyo's neck as they danced. You hesitated to approach them for fear of disturbing them, but you had absolutely no one else, and going out there alone was not an option.
Luckily for you, you made eye contact with Sana, who immediately motioned for you to join the two of them. You obeyed and approached the two of them, standing in front of Sana with some distance between you. You moved to the rhythm of the music with the two of them.
"Everything okay, honey?" Jihyo asked you.
"Uh.. .yeah, everything's fine."
Sana grabbed your shirt and pulled you towards her, you were now dangerously close to her face and the rest of her body.
"Don't be shy, silly."
You looked into her eyes for a few long seconds; her smirk and sensual expression were hypnotic, as was the way she moved her hips and enjoyed herself. You two were close, but your bodies didn't touch until the atmosphere heated up.
Halfway through one of the songs you were dancing to, Sana grabbed you by the waist and pulled you even closer, now pressing your bodies together to wrap both arms around your neck. You and Jihyo danced with her in between you for several songs, practically making a tight sandwich that was driving you crazy for her. Everything escalated too quickly, the spicy hands went from here to there over every corner of Sana's body, and she was enjoying it almost as much as you were. You could have even sworn you heard her let out a very subtle moan.
Maybe things escalated too, too quickly, because something you didn't think would happen so soon happened. Sana looked at you with eyes full of desire, her mouth half open in pure sensuality and her hands on your neck, rubbing the slightly sweaty skin there; then she brought her face closer to yours, and without a second's hesitation she kissed you.
Everything around you felt like being in a painting, too perfect to be true. You were completely paralyzed. It was just a kiss, it shouldn't be a big deal; but it was Minatozaki Sana's lips that you had pressed against yours. Again, it shouldn't have been a big deal, she was a person like anyone else. But that felt like being kissed by Galadriel herself.
When she separated her lips from yours, you met Jihyo's knowing eyes, who also looked at your mouth, making her intentions very clear. To test if you understood, you leaned over Sana's shoulder and kissed her too. It didn't end there: after kissing Jihyo, Sana turned around and met her eyes. The two of them also kissed, giving you a little show that was enough to make you hard.
As soon as the two of them finished their mini make out session, Sana grabbed you by the back of your neck and leaned close to your ear.
"Let's see how you behave the rest of the night to see if you deserve to fill my pussy or not."
A chill ran down your spine. The song ended shortly after, and at that moment Yugyeom approached you to tell you that everyone was going to play major or minor with cards. You didn't know if anyone else had seen you, everyone was engrossed in their own world and you didn't think everyone had stopped just to watch the three of you kiss. It wasn't something relevant to know, but you were more afraid of what they might say about Sana than about you.
Hours passed and the alcohol levels gradually became higher in your bodies. Sana became much closer and more affectionate to you and Jihyo; she lets Jihyo handle her at her will, and she is possessive of you over the other girls. Whenever Gahyeon and Minji tried to make you dance with them after finishing a song, Sana would pull you back with her so you wouldn't get separated from her. You weren't drunk, but you were standing on a fine line that could be crossed at any moment. But the most important thing of all is that you were having the time of your life.
However, the best was yet to come.
At some point around midnight the lower floor of the house began to be invaded by a crowd of people dressed in suits and tiki masks; they carried large water guns and tanks on their back, making them look like they were carrying flamethrowers—you hoped they weren't. The three of you were at the kitchen counter eating prawn and bacon skewers when this happened. You and Jihyo were surprised, but you had a certain level of concern since you didn't know what the hell was happening. Sana leaned towards you while she watched the people in suits settle in different parts of the floor.
"Take that face off, it will be a pleasant surprise. I'm just warning you to prepare to get really wet."
That phrase contained a clear double meaning that she accentuated in the word 'wet'. Your head was flooded with thoughts, many of them not exactly chaste. However, everything was quickly eradicated when you heard LMFAO's Champagne Showers start playing. In that moment, you understood perfectly what it was all about.
Sana took you both by the hand and took you to the 'dance floor', where both the tiki people and the rest of the guests began to dance and jump euphorically to the iconic song. The three of you joined in the commotion, laughing and enjoying the moment as enthusiastically as possible.
The moment approached, that peak point of the song where the 'pop' arrived and everything exploded. The tiki people stopped their dancing and focused on preparing their weapons for what was to come. They pointed it in the air and waited.
"Shake that bottle and make it, pop."
They opened fire and the crowd erupted in an explosion of euphoric screams and laughter. The powerful jets flew through the air in all directions, and it didn't take long for you to receive several of them. The unmistakable aroma of the liquid instantly confirmed what you suspected from the beginning of the song, and which was actually quite evident: it was a Champagne Shower.
The end of the song continued until the tiki people had emptied their tanks and absolutely everyone present was drenched in champagne. That was the spark that ignited a next phase of the party: many, already soaked and euphoric, took off their clothes and jumped into the pool. The sounds of splashing mixed with the music, creating a cacophony of joy and celebration.
Like everyone else, the three of you were completely soaked. Your clothes clung to your body, revealing every detail of your figures. Your eyes fell on Sana and Jihyo, admiring the curves and shape of her breasts. You didn't bother to hide your gaze, and they didn't seem bothered by it either. In fact, Sana even seemed pleased that you could see her sexy body again.
Sana took your hands once again and pulled you towards her, brushing your ears with her lips.
"I could use a change of clothes. Would you walk me to my room?" she whispered.
Neither you nor she hesitated for a single second to respond affirmatively. Sana smiled and, without letting go of your hands, she guided you up the stairs to her room. You still couldn't shake the subtle feeling of unreality. If you looked back, everything seemed to have happened too quickly: just a moment ago you were having breakfast with her on the terrace, and now you were heading to her room for what could be the best fuck of your life.
As soon as you crossed the threshold of Sana's room, she pulled you into a fiery kiss, enveloping her body in yours. Your arms instinctively clung to her small waist, feeling the wetness of the fabric and the firmness of her skin against yours. You responded to the kiss with the same intensity that she had from the beginning. Between the heat of the kiss, you felt Jihyo position herself behind Sana, kissing her neck with heavy breathing.
"Fuck, I've been waiting for this moment all night," Jihyo whispered, "Can I take off your dress now, cutie?"
Sana separated from your lips and responded between gasps into your mouth.
"You would do me a big favor, go ahead."
Jihyo did not hesitate to unzip Sana's dress all the way down and remove the straps from her shoulders to slowly lower it to the top of her abdomen. Sana kissed you again, so you couldn't get a glimpse of her pretty tits once they were freed. But she made up for it by bringing her hand right to the bulge in your pants, groping your cock hard over the wet fabric of your pants.
You had to let go of Sana for a moment so Jihyo could finish pulling down the rest of her dress, but you wrapped your arms around her again, and the feeling was one of the most pleasurable you could have ever experienced; being able to touch that beautiful, perfect body to your liking felt ethereal, especially when you brought your hands to her tits and squeezed them between your fingers.
At that moment Jihyo filled Sana's wet back with kisses and licks that made her gasp against your lips. In search of feeling even more of Sana's body you now brought your hands to her perfect ass, which you squeezed as hard as you could; giving her buttocks an intense massage over her panties, which were already screaming to be taken off.
After a few seconds, Sana separated from the kiss and you were able to admire her statuesque, semi-naked body, more closely than a few hours ago. Her tits were stupidly perfect, with an average round size and a pair of pink nipples that made your mouth water. Sana looked at you with a sly smile, satisfied with your reaction.
"Well? What do you think of them?" she asked, her hand on your cock.
Jihyo also looked at you with the same little smile, she then ran her hands in front of Sana's body and squeezed both of Sana's tits for you, she shook them up and down as well.  Then she answered for you. 
"Look at his eyes, of course he loves them. I bet he wants to suck them too."
Sana grabbed your chin and caressed it with two of her soft fingers, looking into your eyes.
"Is that so, my pretty boy?"
What Jihyo had told you crossed your mind again: 'Get your claws out.' They might have expected a more passive response from you, conforming to the dominant energies they were transmitting, but you decided to become proactive.
"Why don't you come to bed with me and find out for yourself?"
Jihyo looked visibly surprised, but she also nodded with a proud little smile. Sana didn't seem all that surprised, since you were probably giving her what she wanted, someone to dominate her. That was like a turning point, since now Sana saw you with different eyes. No longer like a mistress, but like a girl who wanted you to fuck her brains out.
"Lead the way then," she gestured toward the bed.
You broke away and walked towards the bed with her following behind you. You sat on the bottom edge of it and leaned back, both hands resting on the mattress behind you. She immediately went to straddle your lap, gripping her thighs on either side of your hips. Jihyo also climbed onto the bed, and she crawled up to kneel behind you. 
You wasted no time in wrapping your arms around Sana's torso and pressing her against you, plunging your mouth directly into her perfect pair of tits to suck on her nipples. Jihyo behind you took off your shirt and took your shirt out of your pants to lift it up, this way lifting it from your arms and taking it off as well. She hugged you from behind her and filled your back with wet kisses, also going up to your shoulders and the back of your neck; at that you ate both of Sana's soft mounds hungrily, while she ground her hips against your lap and moaned above your head.
"It's not fair..." Sana gasped, "I'm the only one naked here. I want to see you both."
Jihyo rested her chin on your right shoulder.
"And why don't you help me then? We can help our pretty Balto too."
As much as you didn't want to do it, you had to stop eating Sana's tits and let her go. She thanked you with a peck on the lips and stood up with Jihyo. The two of them stood less than a meter away from you and shared a steamy kiss, Jihyo's hands on Sana's waist and Sana's on her shoulders.
Jihyo buried her face in Sana's long neck, filling every corner of it with wet kisses and giving her intense sucks that were with the sole intention of marking territory. Sana used her hands as well as she could to remove Jihyo's top, and in doing so she also removed her bra, leaving them both on equal footing. Again they hug and kiss for another long seconds, in which Jihyo saved Sana work and took off her pants herself. Now the only thing separating them from being completely naked were her panties; Sana's were as red as the flower she still had on the side of her head, and Jihyo's were white.
They broke the kiss and Sana turned to look at you. She smiled from ear to ear looking between your legs.
"That thing is going to tear your pants with how hard it is."
Jihyo, who was kissing her chin and jaw, also turned to look at you.
"Come here, pretty boy."
You took off your shoes and stood up to stand in front of the two of them. Immediately they acted and each took one side of your neck to kiss it. Sana was more delicate and passionate with her kisses, but Jihyo attacked your neck in the same way she did Sana's, as if she wanted to mark territory. Between kisses they took turns undressing you; Jihyo took off your pants, while Sana was in charge of taking off your boxers.
Once completely naked they left your neck and went down your collarbone and chest, passing through your abdomen until they fell to their knees in front of your erect cock. Sana's eyes lit up when she saw it for the first time. She took it with one hand and moved it in each direction to detail it.
"Oh my god..." she gasped, "This is probably the biggest cock that's ever going to fit in this fancy mouth."
She gave it a little kiss on the tip to see your reaction, seeing that you had a little shiver she giggled and gave your tip a little suction to now kiss the back of your shaft.
"And his cum is delicious… why don't we give it a try?"
Jihyo joined Sana and grabbed the right side of your cock to kiss it as well. Both pairs of lips ran over every corner of your cock between wet kisses and long licks, drawing small moans out of you every few seconds. Your hands went to the back of their necks and held on there as Sana now swirled her tongue around your tip and Jihyo sucked on your balls.
The first to take you into her mouth was Sana. She took only a few inches of your cock at first, giving you slow, strong sucks with her eyes on you. Within a few seconds she released you, now licking the backside from top to bottom and meeting Jihyo's tongue on the way. When both tongues came into contact, they raised it at the same time to your tip, where they converged in a sensual maelstrom of saliva and viscosity.
You moaned louder as the two of them made out with your cock right in the middle; they didn't stick to just your tip, they went down along your entire length kissing and licking. When your cock was soaked in a mixture of both of their saliva, Jihyo took her turn to wrap her lips around you. Unlike Sana she took a few more inches, reaching a little more than halfway down your shaft before pumping her head slowly.
Despite starting out slow, Jihyo picked up pace quickly, slurping on your cock hungrily as she held onto your right thigh with both hands. Sana didn't stay still, she was in charge of licking underneath the area of your cock that Jihyo didn’t reach with her mouth; she also massaged your balls with her gentle hand, and with the other she rubbed your thigh.
Jihyo pulled you out of her mouth with a sharp breath, giving your cock slow strokes over the area she had sucked to let Sana continue doing her work. She looked into your eyes intently; you held her gaze for as long as you could, then she took your cock and guided it back into Sana's mouth.
This time Sana went further, to your surprise taking almost the entire length of your cock into her mouth; she reached the end showing a slight gag reflex, but that didn't stop her from putting all her effort into giving you a wonderful blowjob. She moaned around your cock with each pump, making it obvious that you weren't the only one who deeply enjoyed that.
Jihyo let Sana move her head for a few long seconds until she put her hand on the back of her head and pushed it deeper onto your cock. Sana was forced to take you completely inside her mouth, her face scrunching up and her gag reflex kicking in immediately. She choked on your cock, but held on a little longer until she let you free between loud coughs.
Jihyo looked at her with a touch of worry in her eyes.
"Oh, was I too abrupt?"
Sana shook her head as she composed herself.
"Not at all. I needed to choke on a cock like this."
She returned to your cock and kissed it all over again, now showing a devotion worthy of a relic. But you needed more.
"Girls, I'm close… could you not… ?"
"Don't worry baby, we got you," Jihyo said.
Jihyo and Sana now each took short turns sucking your cock. They did it with fast and frantic pumps, causing thick drops of saliva to fall from the corners of their mouths to the ground. Your shaft was covered in that thick, bubbly viscous layer, which each one was responsible for spreading and absorbing with her lips. You couldn't look away from there, you were going crazy with pleasure and you couldn't do anything but moan. Soon you had to make the sign.
"Do it on our tits," Jihyo said.
She knelt up and turned around looking at Sana, who pulled you out of her mouth and adopted the same position. They pressed their tits together, giving you the honor of making the finishing touch. You jerked off as fast as you could, bending your knees slightly to be closer for when you exploded. Your cum shot straight between their tits, painting both pairs of soft mounds white. While you were draining, they kissed each other between loud moans, as well as raising and lowering their breasts to spread your cum on them. The scene would remain in your mind forever as one of the hottest things you had ever witnessed.
When your orgasm passed, Jihyo pulled away from Sana's tits and looked at you as she held her firmly by the waist.
"Baby… I'd love to see this cutie get fucked, you wouldn't mind being a little dominant this time, right?"
You looked at Sana, from her eyes you could tell that she was desperate for you to do so.
"Let's go to bed then," you gestured towards the bed.
You helped the two of them stand up and get back on the bed. Sana lay down with her legs wide open and Jihyo lay down next to her, putting her tits in her face for her to clean. While Sana was wiping your cum off Jihyo's tits you lay between her legs, kissing the inside of her thighs and moving towards her pussy over her panties.
Jihyo returned the favor to Sana once she finished, eating her tits between moans and eating your cum along the way. You grabbed Sana's panties by the curb and slowly pulled them towards you, they slid down her legs and then you threw them to the floor. Her beautiful, wet, inviting pussy was now inches from your face, screaming to be eaten.
You did not resist your carnal impulses and planted your mouth there without a second's hesitation. Sana moaned loudly and brought a hand to your hair, tangling her fingers through it with a subtle tug. Jihyo dedicated herself to kissing every possible corner of Sana's body, passing through her neck and her collarbone until she reached her sexy abdomen.
"Mmm your mouth feels amazing darling..." Sana sensually moaned, "Eat that expensive Japanese pussy."
You internalized that as a kind of divine commandment. You had gained a lot of experience over the past few months, you were more than willing to put all of that into practice to give Sana one of the best orgasms she could ever experience, and as you gained confidence and identified the spots she loved, it didn't take long for you to make her scream with pleasure. 
Much to your and Jihyo's surprise, you brought Sana to her breaking point faster than you expected. You had her by her thighs, eating her pussy up and down her while Jihyo rubbed her clit with her fingers. Sana's body tensed and then she began to shake. She pulled your hair hard and she buried your mouth even deeper in her slit when she exploded.
"Mmgghh!!! Yes!!!"
You and Jihyo kept her pinned to the bed as her spasms shook her body. You held her trembling thighs, kissing every corner of her soaked pussy in the throes of her orgasm; Jihyo on the other hand continued to rub her clit in slow circles, then kissed her. Sana clung with both arms to Jihyo's neck, moaning into her mouth in the middle of the kiss. You gave a few last kisses to her pussy, and then to her thighs.
Sana let go of Jihyo and broke away from her kiss, then leaned up on her elbows and looked at you with heavy breathing.
"For God's sake, I'm begging you, fuck me right now."
Her husky and sensual voice penetrated your ears to give you a chill. Her eyes emanated desire, the desire for you to fill her to the bottom with your cock. She was making you feral, so much that you got on your knees, grabbed her waist and roughly put her on her hands and knees. Sana moaned and looked at you over her shoulder as you settled behind her with her amazing ass perfectly raised. Jihyo positioned herself in front of her with her legs open, making her request clear. But Sana was also clear that she needed to see how you filled her.
"Come on honey, fill that slutty, Japanese fancy pussy with that huge cock," Jihyo said, biting her lip.
You didn't consider it necessary to spit on your cock, it was already lubricated enough by the saliva of the two of them; you just had to take it with one hand and guide it towards Sana's pussy, where you pushed to take just your tip inside her. Sana frowned and bit her bottom lip, stifling a moan.
"Mmmm yeah, put it all inside dear, don't hold back..."
You remembered your little adventure with Gahyeon and found it funny that Sana was the complete opposite: she didn't want you to be careful, she wanted it all in from the beginning. You had no problem pleasing her. You grabbed her waist and, staring into her eyes, sank into her tight pussy with one hard thrust that made her scream.
"Ahhhh! Fuck!"
Sana finally turned her head and came face to face with Jihyo's plump, wet pussy, which she was waiting to be eaten. She immersed her face in it, holding her thighs while you moved with slow, hard thrusts that made Sana bounce back and forth. You made eye contact with Jihyo, noticing her face drunk with pleasure thanks to Sana's mouth, which apparently worked wonders.
"Come on baby, fuck her hard, make that pussy yours once and for all! Mmmgh!"
She grabbed onto Sana's hair and let her head fall back for a few seconds, letting out moans only the way she knew how: loudly and shamelessly. You gladly complied with her request, tightening your grip on Sana's waist and picking up the pace until you were fucking her hard but not becoming frantic.
The view you had was worth framing: one side of Sana's beautiful silky hair fell down her perfectly arched back, which made her ass look like something out of a dream. Your cock went completely  in and out between that pair of juicy buttocks, making them jiggle from the collision of your pelvis against them. Up ahead was Jihyo's reddened face; eyes fixed on the work Sana was doing on her pussy and her mouth half open as moans reverberated through the room.
You squeezed Sana's left buttock and let out a loud grunt of pleasure. Sana's pussy felt deadly addictive; it was extremely tight, with a hypnotizing grip and a silkiness that drove you crazy every time you reached the bottom with your thrusts. You crossed a new threshold of pace, now fucking her fast and hard, making her scream in pleasure against Jihyo's pussy.
"That's it baby!! She's doing fucking wonders in my pussy so don't you dare stop destroying her!!"
Jihyo's face twisted in pleasure. She couldn't help but lift her thighs and trap Sana's head between them. The red flower was ruined almost immediately—you thought it was about time, because it had lasted long enough. Then she grabbed onto her hair with both hands, pulling it hard to push her further against her slit.
Sana rested her hands on the mattress and slightly raised her upper body for a few seconds, only to let it fall back down. You took it as a sign, as her moans intensified to the point that she had to leave Jihyo's pussy for a few seconds to release them.
The three of you were close to your ecstasy, but the first to explode was Jihyo. She lifted her hips and let out a loud cry, then slammed them back down onto the mattress and sank onto the pillow behind her, holding onto it with both hands behind her head. Sana ate her with pleasure through her orgasm, but as soon as it passed she was free to separate her mouth from there and be able to moan to her heart's content.
"Please don't stop!! Just like that, yeah yeah yeah!!"
She looked over her shoulder at you again. You were met with a pair of teary eyes and a face as red as Jihyo's a few seconds ago. She wasn't going to last another minute, as you found out when after a few more pumps Sana lifted her lower body and muffled a high-pitched squeal against her pursed lips. Tears spilled from her eyes as she fell back down and the side of her face was crushed against the mattress.
Her pussy was choking your cock from all directions, if it was already tight before, now you felt like you were being trapped by a boa constrictor. That seemingly insignificant thing was what brought you to your orgasm. You pulled out your cock quickly, and rubbed it over her ass before a new batch of cum shot out. Sana raised her head weakly, watching both of her buttocks be covered in your thick liquid. Jihyo raised her head to look too, she bit her lip and winked at you.
"Fuck, come kiss me. You guys are so fucking hot."
Sana and you obeyed. You helped her up so that her arms wouldn't fail and she would fall on her face, then you both lay down on either side of Jihyo and brought your faces together to share a sensual triple kiss. In the middle of the hot act, the three of you groped each other, but the main objective of you and Jihyo was to enjoy Sana's body as much as you could. Once your tongues had swirled and you had shared saliva between the three of you, Jihyo pushed you away.
"Fuck her again, baby. But this time I want you to fill her pussy," she looked at Sana, "What do you say, cutie?"
Sana looked at you, and crawled like a predatory lioness towards you over Jihyo's body.
"I want him to do whatever he wants with me… I want him to make me his."
You didn't know how to act in a situation like that since it wasn't usual for you to be so dominant over someone, so you just acted on pure instinct. You grabbed her by the neck and moved closer to give her lips a slow lick from bottom to top, then kissed her for a few short seconds and murmured into her lips.
"Put yourself however you want me to fill that pussy then..."
Sana moaned and bit your lip, visibly turned on by the fact that she was bossed around.
"Mmm... whatever you want."
She moved away from Jihyo, who was staring at you like a monitor, and went to lie on her side on the right end of the bed. She pulled her legs up so that her knees were close to her torso, and she turned her upper body up so you could see her tits. You thought it would be best to lay down behind her to spoon her, but Jihyo quickly took that spot to fill her neck and back with kisses. You had no choice but to do it on your knees.
You positioned yourself in front of Sana's ass and rubbed your cock against her butt cheek a few times; she spit on her hand, and brought it to your shaft to rub it and fill it with saliva. Lubricated again, you slipped back into Minatozaki Sana's heavenly pussy, which greeted you with overwhelming warmth and softness.
You no longer needed foreplay, now you could fuck her as hard and fast as you wanted from the very beginning. However, you didn't do it, first you dedicated yourself to fucking her slowly, only to delight in the changes in her face every time your tip touched her cervix; then you went harder, but not fast, just to watch her tits bounce hypnotically. Finally you started with a combination of the two, and picked up the pace at which she was waiting to be fucked.
"Do you like how that cock fills you up, princess?" Jihyo said against Sana's cheek, "If only you could see your little slut face..."
"Oh god! It feels amazing... that cock is fucking perfect, I want it to be mine! Mghh!"
Sana turned her face to kiss Jihyo, meanwhile you clung with your right hand to Sana's buttock, squeezing it up to watch as your cock hammered into her tight pussy. Jihyo wrapped her arms around Sana's body, groping her all over and putting special emphasis on her bouncing tits. You spanked Sana hard, now holding onto her hips with both hands.
Jihyo separated from Sana and let go of her body; she now settled back on the bed, getting on her hands and knees with her face right next to Sana's ass while you fucked her. You watched what she did for a few seconds, which was basically watching your cock go in and out of her while she bit her lip. You and Sana moaned in unison, and Jihyo took an active role again, this time with you.
She grabbed your balls and grabbed them in a squeeze to look you up. You winced a little, but then enjoyed it.
"Drain those damn balls into that pussy… make her yours baby."
"Oh fuck!" you growled.
You grabbed one of Sana's thighs and pressed it back. Now with the sight of how your cock hammered into Sana's pussy and how Jihyo had your balls squeezed, your orgasm came to you in a mere matter of seconds. You growled like a primal beast, squeezing Sana's thigh so hard with your hand that you were sure a small bruise would appear there later. You shot drop after drop into her, then Sana's mouth opened, her eyes rolled back, and she came too.
You both melted in a hurricane of pleasure, Sana letting herself be carried away by her intense spasms, shaking her in unpredictable ways while Jihyo, smiling and satisfied, held her with one hand; and you with a drop of sweat falling down your temple as you came inside one of possibly the most beautiful women in the world.
Soon your orgasms passed and you came out of Sana, falling on the opposite side of where Jihyo was. You came face to face with the Japanese girl, who quickly cupped your face with her hands to kiss you between pleasurable moans. You wrapped her in your arms, soaking in her warmth as you tasted her lips again.
Jihyo took the moment to spread Sana's butt cheeks and collect every drop of your cum that leaked through her folds. When she was clean, she lay back down behind Sana and hugged you both. A few long minutes passed in which only the three of you rested huddled together, until Sana turned up to speak to both of you.
"You better get some new clothes, cuties, we have a long crazy night ahead of us..."
-------------------------------------
Spren Notes: Alright, this piece was originally intended to be quite a bit shorter, like 10k words or so, but I got carried away and u know 👹.
1K notes · View notes
headspace-hotel · 8 months
Text
There, in the sunlit forest on a high ridgeline, was a tree I had never seen before.
I spend a lot of time looking at trees. I know my beech, sourwood, tulip poplar, sassafras and shagbark hickory. Appalachian forests have such a diverse tree community that for those who grew up in or around the ancient mountains, forests in other places feel curiously simple and flat.
Oaks: red, white, black, bur, scarlet, post, overcup, pin, chestnut, willow, chinkapin, and likely a few others I forgot. Shellbark, shagbark and pignut hickories. Sweetgum, serviceberry, hackberry, sycamore, holly, black walnut, white walnut, persimmon, Eastern redcedar, sugar maple, red maple, silver maple, striped maple, boxelder maple, black locust, stewartia, silverbell, Kentucky yellowwood, blackgum, black cherry, cucumber magnolia, umbrella magnolia, big-leaf magnolia, white pine, scrub pine, Eastern hemlock, redbud, flowering dogwood, yellow buckeye, white ash, witch hazel, pawpaw, linden, hornbeam, and I could continue, but y'all would never get free!
And yet, this tree is different.
We gather around the tree as though surrounding the feet of a prophet. Among the couple dozen of us, only a few are much younger than forty. Even one of the younger men, who smiles approvingly and compliments my sharp eye when I identify herbs along the trail, has gray streaking his beard. One older gentleman scales the steep ridge slowly, relying on a cane for support.
The older folks talk to us young folks with enthusiasm. They brighten when we can call plants and trees by name and list their virtues and importance. "You're right! That's Smilax." "Good eye!" "Do you know what this is?—Yes, Eupatorium, that's a pollinator's paradise." "Are you planning to study botany?"
The tree we have come to see is not like the tall and pillar-like oaks that surround us. It is still young, barely the diameter of a fence post. Its bark is gray and forms broad stripes like rivulets of water down smooth rock. Its smooth leaves are long, with thin pointed teeth along their edges. Some of the group carefully examine the bark down to the ground, but the tree is healthy and flourishing, for now.
This tree is among the last of its kind.
The wood of the American Chestnut was once used to craft both cradles and coffins, and thus it was known as the "cradle-to-grave tree." The tree that would hold you in entering this world and in leaving it would also sustain your body throughout your life: each tree produced a hundred pounds of edible nuts every winter, feeding humans and all the other creatures of the mountains. In the Appalachian Mountains, massive chestnut trees formed a third of the overstory of the forest, sometimes growing larger than six feet in diameter.
They are a keystone species, and this is my first time seeing one alive in the wild.
It's a sad story. But I have to tell you so you will understand.
At the turn of the 20th century, the chestnut trees of Appalachia were fundamental to life in this ecosystem, but something sinister had taken hold, accidentally imported from Asia. Cryphonectria parasitica is a pathogenic fungus that infects chestnut trees. It co-evolved with the Chinese chestnut, and therefore the Chinese chestnut is not bothered much by the fungus.
The American chestnut, unlike its Chinese sister, had no resistance whatsoever.
They showed us slides with photos of trees infected with the chestnut blight earlier. It looks like sickly orange insulation foam oozing through the bark of the trees. It looks like that orange powder that comes in boxes of Kraft mac and cheese. It looks wrong. It means death.
The chestnut plague was one of the worst ecological disasters ever to occur in this place—which is saying something. And almost no one is alive who remembers it. By the end of the 1940's, by the time my grandparents were born, approximately three to four billion American chestnut trees were dead.
The Queen of the Forest was functionally extinct. With her, at least seven moth species dependent on her as a host plant were lost forever, and no one knows how much else. She is a keystone species, and when the keystone that holds a structure in place is removed, everything falls.
Appalachia is still falling.
Now, in some places, mostly-dead trees tried to put up new sprouts. It was only a matter of time for those lingering sprouts of life.
But life, however weak, means hope.
I learned that once in a rare while, one of the surviving sprouts got lucky enough to successfully flower and produce a chestnut. And from that seed, a new tree could be grown. People searched for the still-living sprouts and gathered what few chestnuts could be produced, and began growing and breeding the trees.
Some people tried hybridizing American and Chinese chestnuts and then crossing the hybrids to produce purer American strains that might have some resistance to the disease. They did this for decades.
And yet, it wasn't enough. The hybrid trees were stronger, but not strong enough.
Extinction is inevitable. It's natural. There have been at least five mass extinctions in Earth's history, and the sixth is coming fast. Many people accepted that the American chestnut was gone forever. There had been an intensive breeding program, summoning all the natural forces of evolution to produce a tree that could survive the plague, and it wasn't enough.
This has happened to more species than can possibly be counted or mourned. And every species is forced to accept this reality.
Except one.
We are a difficult motherfucker of a species, aren't we? If every letter of the genome's book of life spelled doom for the Queen of the Forest, then we would write a new ending ourselves. Research teams worked to extract a gene from wheat and implant it in the American chestnut, in hopes of creating an American chestnut tree that could survive.
This project led to the Darling 58, the world's first genetically modified organism to be created for the purpose of release into the wild.
The Darling 58 chestnut is not immune, the presenters warned us. It does become infected with the blight. And some trees die. But some live.
And life means hope.
In isolated areas, some surviving American Chestnut trees have been discovered, most of them still very young. The researchers hope it is possible that some of these trees may have been spared not because of pure luck, but because they carry something in their genes that slows the blight in doing its deadly work, and that possibly this small bit of innate resistance can be shaped and combined with other efforts to create a tree that can live to grow old.
This long, desperate, multi-decade quest is what has brought us here. The tree before me is one such tree: a rare survivor. In this clearing, a number of other baby chestnut trees have been planted by human hands. They are hybrids of the Darling 58 and the best of the best Chinese/American hybrids. The little trees are as prepared for the blight as we can possibly make them at this time. It is still very possible that I will watch them die. Almost certainly, I will watch this tree die, the one that shades us with her young, stately limbs.
Some of the people standing around me are in their 70's or 80's, and yet, they have no memory of a world where the Queen of the Forest was at her full majesty. The oldest remember the haunting shapes of the colossal dead trees looming as if in silent judgment.
I am shaken by this realization. They will not live to see the baby trees grow old. The people who began the effort to save the American chestnut devoted decades of their lives to these little trees, knowing all the while they likely never would see them grow tall. Knowing they would not see the work finished. Knowing they wouldn't be able to be there to finish it. Knowing they wouldn't be certain if it could be finished.
When the work began, the technology to complete it did not exist. In the first decades after the great old trees were dead, genetic engineering was a fantasy.
But those that came before me had to imagine that there was some hope of a future. Hope set the foundation. Now that little spark of hope is a fragile flame, and the torch is being passed to the next generation.
When a keystone is removed, everything suffers. What happens when a keystone is put back into place? The caretakers of the American chestnut hope that when the Queen is restored, all of Appalachia will become more resilient and able to adapt to climate change.
Not only that, but this experiment in changing the course of evolution is teaching us lessons and skills that may be able to help us save other species.
It's just one tree—but it's never just one tree. It's a bear successfully raising cubs, chestnut bread being served at a Cherokee festival, carbon being removed from the atmosphere and returned to the Earth, a wealth of nectar being produced for pollinators, scientific insights into how to save a species from a deadly pathogen, a baby cradle being shaped in the skilled hands of an Appalachian crafter. It's everything.
Despair is individual; hope is an ecosystem. Despair is a wall that shuts out everything; hope is seeing through a crack in that wall and catching a glimpse of a single tree, and devoting your life to chiseling through the wall towards that tree, even if you know you will never reach it yourself.
An old man points to a shaft of light through the darkness we are both in, toward a crack in the wall. "Do you see it too?" he says. I look, and on the other side I see a young forest full of sunlight, with limber, pole-size chestnut trees growing toward the canopy among the old oaks and hickories. The chestnut trees are in bloom with fuzzy spikes of creamy white, and bumblebees heavy with pollen move among them. I tell the man what I see, and he smiles.
"When I was your age, that crack was so narrow, all I could see was a single little sapling on the forest floor," he says. "I've been chipping away at it all my life. Maybe your generation will be the one to finally reach the other side."
Hope is a great work that takes a lifetime. It is the hardest thing we are asked to do, and the most essential.
I am trying to show you a glimpse of the other side. Do you see it too?
Tumblr media
3K notes · View notes
threewaywithdelusion · 10 months
Text
The fact that Roy canonically goes to gay bars and hangs out with drag queens is criminally under-utilised in fanon.
Where are my stories about the boys trying to support Colin by going to a gay bar and then being gobsmacked when Roy knows everybody there? Where are the stories where Roy gets caught at G-A-Y by the paparazzi and outed, only for him to insist that he’s straight to the team, who think he’s trying to save face and keep making grandiose gestures to prove their support to an increasingly infuriated Roy. Where are the stories about Roy and Keeley going to a gay bar together (with the yoga milfs) and running into one of Keeley’s ex-girlfriends?
What about Jamie thinking he’s doing super subtle bisexual signalling (cuffed jeans, layers, iced coffee, etc) only for Roy to clock him immediately and start trying to signal his support to Jamie à la Trent’s gay mug, only for it to backfire as Jamie assumes Roy is trying to come out.
Where’s my Roy who’s known he’s queer all his life getting invited to a gay club by his yoga friends for the first time and panicking, (because he’s never acknowledged this part of himself and how can they see it?), only to go to the bar and have it feel like he’s coming home. Where’s my Roy who’s absolutely certain he’s straight (after all, he’s being going to gay bars for years and he would know by now if he wasn’t) having a fucking heart attack as he falls for Jamie and has to reconceptualize his identity at 40. Where are the comedies about Keeley and Roy knowing the same person, but Roy only knows the drag queen and Keeley only knows the man out of drag and so they don’t realise they have the same friend?
What about a post-finale story where Roy, Keeley, and Jamie all show up at the same gay bar without planning it and have a series of bewildering conversations as they try to figure out if they’ve followed each other there (Keeley is like “how many times can I tell these boys I won’t pick between them?”) or if the other person is gay (you obviously can’t just ask).
These are all off the top of my head, so I am sure there are more. But please, please, somebody write this. We can’t let Roy get away with mentioning this once and then never talking about it again.
3K notes · View notes
tapakah0 · 5 months
Note
Okay! I don't know where you got the idea from and my best guess is that your brain is connected to mine via bluetooth but.
Me and Hoddie have a royal au and your animation made me think of it again.
Nothing crazy special, but...ah...I should probably give a little context yeah...hmm.
Uh, okay. There's a kingdom. whose king and queen have died, leaving behind several possible heirs who are not their direct children. Right now, the king's first general is sitting on the throne, because the power of the army is, you know, a pretty powerful argument in a fight for the throne, right? This creepy regent is Cass. And Cass came to power thanks to Hoddie, who's basically the king's heir too, but she's pretty distant and her chances of the throne are quite slim. This has made her a professional rat and back stabber. The whole palace is busy weaving intrigue and destroying each other in a competition for power. Contests in cunning and sneakiness. A maximally intellectually uncomfortable environment in general.
Until Hoddie finds the true heiress. The king's blood daughter, to whom the throne should rightfully belong.
Problem? The problem is that the heiress needs to be two years older to be old enough to rule. And Hoddie and Cass' goal is to make sure she lives to that age in an environment where every other person wants to frame or kill her.
That heiress is you, Tap. But we couldn't think of what you'd look like in this au ahaha.
Tumblr media Tumblr media
MHHMMM I SEE ONCE IN A WHILE BRAIN BLUETOOTH IS A GOOD THING you left me a window for my part and I grabbed this opportunity with sharp teeth Since there was no mention of my part, I have the audacity to add my own version. Did I understand correctly that my existence as an heiress was not known? It would be strange if the king was not looking for me, if I was the only heir (by blood), which means they were hoping for a new child, or already had plans for an indirect heir, or wanted to hide me. What other power is there, besides the king and the army, that holds the common people? Church. The king could have sent me to be trained as a priestess in order to gain support from them (either I was not considered worthy of receiving the throne in the future, which is why they preferred to hide me, or the king so badly needed their support that he was ready to sacrifice his only blood daughter) . Thus, from a young age, the beauty of a non-existent world somewhere beyond the heavens was drummed into my head and, in general, “God speaks all our actions.” I have an inconspicuous appearance, a position above a simple servant, but such priests are usually considered to be the daughters of high nobles, but not the king himself, which is why not everyone could know who I really was. Thus, they forgot about my existence ~ After the death of the king and all the heirs, the church quickly realized what to do next, and crushed me to itself, hiding me from the world until I reached the age of succession to the throne. (But children could take the throne under a regent. Could Hoodi become my regent as one of the older contenders for the throne?) So, back to the turmoil. Hoodie found me at church. Since childhood, my worldview could have changed greatly under the influence of the church, so, well, you will have to hammer a lot into my head, in addition to the throne’s education (You know... it's bit complicated to make a human sona not as a stupid little ball XDD... it literally can't get a shape at this point... maybe you will place a real bunny as the new king? It will be eating cabbage 24/7 and everyone will be happy)
Tumblr media Tumblr media Tumblr media Tumblr media Tumblr media Tumblr media Tumblr media Tumblr media Tumblr media Tumblr media
1K notes · View notes
ghouldump · 2 months
Text
one piece | calling them by their names
synopsis : calling your boyfriend (one piece men) by their real name, instead of their nickname, as a prank.
author’s note : hi ghouls! welcome to my blog, i hope you enjoy your stay. this first post is short, but i thought it was fun, i definitely plan to do more like this.
Tumblr media
monkey d. luffy.
he doesn't even realize you're saying luffy. he had been too distracted, thinking of what he would eat, as soon as the ship was docked in the nearest city.
"luffy, can you do me a favor?" you asked, focused on peeling the fruit. he nodded, before usopp nudged his shoulder.
"what did you do?"
"what?"
"is she upset or something?" he asked, the words dawning on the captain. you used his government, and not the name you had given him, lovebug.
why was he luffy now, and not lovebug? had he done something? impossible, all he had been doing all morning is thinking of the different meats he'd try-ah! perhaps you were in need of affection. it wasn't until becoming your s/o that he began to understand the need to give and receive affection.
stretching his arms, he pulled you close, taking away any personal space you had previously.
"y/n"
"yes?"
"please never call me anything other than lovebug," he said shamelessly, your heart warmed at his cuteness.
"aw, it was only a prank lovebug," you reassured, pecking his lips.
Tumblr media
roronoa zoro.
he immediately notices, and feels uncomfortable. after a minor heated conversation, you mischievously planned to make him feel guilty, only as a joke, of course.
"zoro, you should come get some food, you know sanji won't save you any," you called out, making sure to use his birth name, instead of the name he grew to enjoy, darling.
were you really so upset, you'd use such a name, when darling suited him better. the term flowed perfectly from your lips, when speaking to him, he couldn't understand why you'd want to use his name.
"what did you just call me?" he asked, towering over you, brows furrowed.
"zo-
"i know we were fighting, but you know how that makes me feel, calling me that," he grumbled. he always struggled with communication, but with you, he'd lowly shared how he felt, which always managed to move you deeply.
"darling, i was only joking," you laughed, as he sighed.
"good"
"but i was serious about sanji, and you know luffy is only willing to wait so long, before he devours the rest”
Tumblr media
usopp.
he won't notice immediately, but after a few times, he is in shambles. he was doing his usual theatrical story telling, and you had yet to spend any actual time with him.
"usopp"
"and there i was, everyone else was scared, but i knew i could save them-
"usopp"
"one second, honey"
"usopp," you repeated, nearly giggling as he visibly froze, realizing you had been calling him usopp, and not cutie patootie.
"excuse me fellas," he nodded at the surrounding group, leading you away from everyone, before holding each hand in his own.
"honey, is everything okay?" he asked, you seemed to be enjoying yourself before, laughing alongside nami, before she left you.
you were thinking of something to say, but the puppy dog eyes made you surrender quickly.
"it was only a harmless prank, my cutie patootie," you said, pecking his lips.
"you had me worried for a second," he said, scooping you into his arms, spinning around.
Tumblr media
vinsmoke sanji.
he will notice immediately, and will be in complete distress. you were helping him cook dinner, when you decided to mess with him. while he was flirting all the time, he was a bit more focused when cooking, and that could bore you at times.
"sanji, can you taste this?" you were whisking the cake batter, while he placed the roast into the oven.
"sanji-" you turned around, his jaw practically hanging on the floor.
"what have i done? scold me, i am a wretched man, how have i upset my queen so greatly, that you choose to use such a name," he said, going to his knees, holding your waist.
"sanji, it was only a prank, i was only messing around sweet pea," you told him, as he stood, embracing you.
"the apple of my eyes, you are, i hate when you call me anything other than your sweet pea," he spoke.
"if you two do anything near the food, i'm giving both of you terrible haircuts," zoro spoke, making you both jump, while he walked away.
Tumblr media
804 notes · View notes
angelbarelywrites · 2 months
Text
♡ slashers scenarios | sharing a bed
♡ fandoms; The Boy, Halloween, Texas Chainsaw Massacre (original + 2006), House of Wax, Dead by Daylight, slashers (general)
♡ characters; Brahms Heelshire, Micheal Myers, Thomas Hewitt, Bubba Sawyer, Vincent Sinclair
♡ reader; gender neutral
♡ cw; very suggestive content, implied smut
♡note; swapped out billy in this one bc i can’t imagine him sharing a bed with someone and not getting literally pornographic
•┈••✦ ❤ ✦••┈•
Brahms Heelshire
> Once he decides he wants to share the bed, he finds the biggest guest room bed and brings all of the comfiest pillows and blankets he can to make it perfect
> For you more than him, but he doesn’t feel too hurt when you push half of them to the foot of the bed
> It was a lot even for a king bed
> You’re reluctant at first, not used to sharing a bed
> But you find he’s very hard to say no to once you’re in that deep
> He tries to give you space, but it’s not long before he’s wrapped around you, clinging for dear life
> And he almost immediately falls asleep like that, head tucked into your chest
> You sigh and try and relax, petting his hair
> And you fall asleep with your hand still tangled in his black locks, holding him close to you
> You wake up to him nuzzling your neck and practically whining
> “Baby…wake up…”
> You’d ask him what the problem was…if you couldn’t feel it against your leg
> You spend most of the morning still in bed, lazily fixing his predicament
Micheal Myers
> He doesn’t get why you want him to do this
> You know he doesn’t cuddle
> You know he usually gets restless and wanders at night
> But there’s no reason to say no, and even he can’t stand how sad your pout is
> You hum and stretch, tucking yourself in and look at him expectantly
> He takes off his boots and lays on top of the covers beside you, stiff as a board
> You have to coax him to even take the mask off, but he still won’t relax
> You quickly realize he’s used to high security psych ward bunks, not big comfy queen beds full of stuffed animals
> “…do you…wanna sleep on the floor?”
> He pauses.
> Shakes his head and closes his eyes.
> After you finally fall sleep, he sits up, intending on leaving
> But you look so peaceful…he can’t help to stay and watch you. Just for a little while.
> When he touches your cheek, you press into his hand. Maybe a while longer.
> When you wake up he’s still staring at you, hand long gone from your cheek
> But once you blink awake, it creeps somewhere else..
Thomas Hewitt
> He’s almost nervous of the idea
> Y’all are certainly intimate with each other - just as intimate as you would be if you were married like his mama was planning
> But what if the family noticed you were in there? He’d kill Hoyt for calling you anything nasty-
> When he sees you in skimpy PJs, he immediately forgets his worries
> He has a huge bed because he’s a huge guy, so when you curl up in it alone, it’s almost comical
> He’s staring at you as he climbs in after you, cautiously removing his mask
> His shoulders relax a little when you smile up at him, still so amazed you can stand to look at him
>“Hold me?”
> He grunts and takes no time in pulling you flush, spooning you. He’s more relaxed than he’s been in a while, sure he’ll fall asleep in no time
> Until you give a tiny sigh and shift your hips, innocently adjusting
> It doesn’t take much for you to set him off- he’s touch starved and obsessed with you.
> Along with feeling him against your ass, you can literally hear his breathing change.
> “…Tommy baby? Want me to take care of that?”
> It takes another two hours before you fall asleep, both sticky with sweat and sated, your head laying on his broad chest.
Bubba Sawyer
> He’s so happy to have a sleepover- even if you live right down the hall in the same house (I cannot imagine you dating him and being allowed to leave the farm tbh)
> He gives you an updated tour of his room- he’s very happy to show you the collection of polaroids of you he hung up.
> You were wondering where those went
> Finally he drops you on the bed, giggling quietly
> It’s old but comfy, and he has plenty of stolen pillows and blankets, and even some stuffed bears
> He strips right on down to his heart boxers, leaving his mask on for last
> He takes it off slowly, giving you that shy look he always does
> You grin and open your arms and he’s more than happy to scoop you up with a coo.
> By the time you’re settled, you’re curled around his back
> He loves being the little spoon, even if he’s a big brute
> When you wake up he’s bursting back into the room with some slightly burnt toast for breakfast
> It’s a sudden wake up call, but a welcome one
> And you repay him in tons of kisses, all over
Vincent Sinclair
> Like some of the others he’s hesitant
> But you want him to relax, he’s been working so hard- so you take him away from the studio, and into your room
> You’re not even letting him so much as sketch until he sleeps
> He tilts his head and is almost pouting, trying to guilt you - even more so once you help him remove his wax
> Until you coax him into his stomach so you can massage his back, that is
> You’re clumsy and certainly not a professional, but your hands on him is enough to melt away the stress
> He suddenly rolls over and grabs your hips as he hears you yawn
> It’s your turn to pout down at him
> But eventually you relent and let him cradle you close to his chest as he hums a nonsense lullaby
> You keep him trapped in bed the next morning as revenge, again straddling him before he can get up to leave
> But this time, you’re most certainly not yawning
861 notes · View notes
Text
Tumblr media
Limitless
servant?san x queen!reader (more like king's right hand!san)
royal au, forbidden love
word count: 28k
genres and warnings: a lil fluff, a lil angst, smut (mdni!), reader is in a contract marriage but no actual cheating happens, abusive husband, violence and blood, lmk if i missed smth
synopsis: you're the princess of utopia, queen of eden by marriage to the king. for a whole year of marriage, you've taken his abuse but you're planning his downfall and you find an unexpected ally in the king's right hand choi san. he not only helps you plan but also shows you how it is like to be truly loved and wanted.
manager-nim: @eightmakesonebraincell (she wrote royal au san and then she triggered me to write this)
Tumblr media
You had long since stopped listening to the court members defend their opinions on revising the trade system- if you were ever once interested in how the kingdom ran, you’d only found yourself losing interest with each passing day- even though the kingdoms in question might be two of your own- one by birth and one by marriage.
Marriage, you scoffed internally. What a joke.
As one of the maids poured red wine into your glass- the only thing that seemed to keep you sane these days- you thanked her and struggled to contain the sigh when the king clinked against his glass to get everyone’s attention, silence spreading throughout the hall in an instance. The court members across the table looked eagerly at their young king who met eyes with everyone with a smile before he cleared his throat.
“I hear your concerns, and I hear your opinions. If I may… Lord Kang? What do you suggest we do to balance our imports and exports? We do not want the public to wonder if we’re relying too much on Utopia.”
You cast a glance towards the man seated across the table from you, his eyes fixated on Lord Kang who got up and began, “We’ve always had good relations with Utopia, especially after the union of our kingdoms not too long ago, Your Highness. I think if there is no conflict in the dealings, as long as the people get what they want, it won’t matter even if we rely too much on Utopia-”
“Are you suggesting that we actually rely too much on Utopia? Because I did not imply that that is the case. I simply do not want the people to stir… rumours.”
You watched the men around Lord Kang hush him. You stifled the urge to roll your eyes- it had always been like this-
“What does Her Majesty think?” Lord Jung’s voice brought you back to your senses and you straightened a bit, your eyes involuntarily travelling to meet the King’s whose expressions were unreadable yet again.
“I’ll have to agree with Lord Kang,” you finally said and a murmur sounded across the room. “Trade has run constantly for a decade now. I do not think there is a reason to worry about the public yet. As far as balancing our imports and exports are concerned… I am not against the idea if the production of trade materials is stable. But overall… I don’t think it will create much of a difference. What does Lord Park have to say about this?”
You managed to steer the discussion to Lord Park who further added to your point and you smiled to yourself as the people in the room nodded along and Lord Choi, the King’s Right Hand, concluded the agenda. You made the mistake of meeting your husband’s eyes once more and this time, you didn’t miss the glint in his eyes.
Your husband. The youngest king in Eden’s history, adored by the public, known for his brains. His brains had once attracted you-
And then you married him and found out just what sort of a person he truly was. A routine occurrence now, something you were sure you would be experiencing tonight too.
And sure enough, after a hearty dinner (though your appetite decreased with each passing second) and chats with the people of the court, when you retired for the night, you went to your room accompanied by guards- guards who would station themselves a good distance away whenever the King would return to his chambers. You never met eyes with the guards- you didn’t want to see any sort of pity in their eyes for you. Your personal maid was enough for that, though she never offered a word of kindness- you wondered if that would be considered treason or if the maid was just being cautious.
After taking a bath, you changed into a black silk nightgown that covered almost all of your skin. Maybe that would provoke the King less. You were just wondering if you should change into something that would make visible the marks your husband would leave on you tonight when you heard the sound of the doors opening- a sound that made your hair raise even after almost a year of your marriage. You heard the maids greet the King before scurrying off, and the door shut with a click. You remained sitting at the vanity brushing your hair while he leaned against the doorframe, inspecting you.
“Quite talkative today, are we?”
You didn’t respond. You still didn’t know whether responding made it better or worse. 
“I just need to ask you one thing, y/n,” he scoffed, running a hand through his light brown hair and approaching you slowly, coming to stand behind you so you could see him in the mirror. Your hands lay limp in your lap and you didn’t dare to meet his eyes in case he would think you were challenging him-
“Look at me when I talk to you.”
You did, and you knew instantly that there was no avoiding what was coming next. He placed his hands on your shoulders, squeezing them painfully. 
“How dare you challenge me during court?”
“I did not challenge you-”
“Do you think just because you’re the Princess of Utopia and Queen of Eden, you’re more powerful than me? Why don’t you run the kingdom then? I could sit back and relax-”
“You’re hurting me,” you managed to whisper, not being able to tolerate the pain of his fingers digging into your shoulders as if he wanted to rip you to shreds.
And perhaps he did. It had become a norm now, and you would always go someplace else. The pain didn’t register when he pushed you to the ground. You didn’t hear his screams though you could tell he was angry by the way he looked at you, eyes bloodshot. You weren’t in control of yourself when you would instinctively raise your arms to protect yourself from the object being thrown at you, from him-
Though you were no match for him. He would effortlessly pin you and scream in your face and do whatever he liked with you.
And with each passing day, you wished it would somehow be over. Your will to fight back was dimming now. So you let the King, loved by all of Eden and Utopia, your husband, have his way until he grabbed your face, yelled a warning that you didn’t process, and finally stormed out of the room with a shive. The flashes of black and red in front of your eyes finally began to clear, instead seeping in your skin and registering as pain.
Pain. Burning, endless pain.
You took a deep sigh, not making the effort to move. The cold floor against your cheek was comforting enough. You lay there sprawled on the floor, your hair all around you and matted to your skin, your eyes fixated on the broken ornament that had been a wedding gift from your mother. You wished to gather the pieces and glue them back together as if that could reverse the events of tonight, but you knew that it would never be whole again. 
You would never be whole again-
The sound of the door creaking open yet again was what finally made you snap up with panic welling in your chest and you crawled to the shards, trying to hide your wounds and gathering the shards in your hands at the same time- you could protect that, you could still save it-
“Your Majesty.”
You froze in your spot- that was not the King. That voice was the next familiar thing. Your shoulders relaxed just a bit though the tension in your muscles was finally starting to hurt. You remained silent and continued to gather the big pieces of what was once a glass crane while you heard the man inch towards you and finally settle down on one knee beside you.
If you were expecting another reprimand, you didn’t get that. Instead, he heaved a deep sigh before gently picking the shards from your hand and spreading a handkerchief on the ground, collecting them in it. You handed him the rest and finally looked at him, your hair obstructing your vision.
“You shouldn’t be here.”
He pursed his lips, folding the pieces gently in the cloth and getting up to place it back on your vanity. He looked down at you and shook his head in disappointment-
“I’ve had enough of that sorry excuse of a man.”
You raised a brow- that was quite a contrast from the first and only time he had seen you in this state. You pushed your hair back, noticing the fire in his eyes-
Lord Choi San, the King’s Right Hand. His loyal servant. He really shouldn’t be here.
“I’m fine,” you insisted, though he wasn’t having any of it. “Please do not do anything stupid on my behalf and leave. I am okay-”
“No, you’re not,” his voice was low and he shook his head. He took one step towards you and then he stormed out of the room, silently clicking the door behind him. You looked around at the mess your husband had created and wondered where you should start fixing it- from yourself? You were far too tired for that, so you got up with pain shooting in your left limbs from your fall. You started picking the objects around the room, your thoughts drifting to Lord Choi.
The first time he had witnessed you in that state, you had heard urgent knocks on the main door. The King had just stormed off to his private chambers after venting out his frustrations on you. Thinking it was your maid who, at that time, used to come after his sessions to clean up after him, you opened the door only to find someone else entirely.
Lord Choi’s eyes first met your tear-stained ones and then travelled to the bruise on your cheekbone and you saw recognition click in his face as horror washed over him. 
“Where is… the King?” He managed to ask, his eyes scanning your figure and you folded your arms in an attempt to hide the bruises forming there.
“Probably where he has been since the day we got married. You, of all people, should know you will rarely ever find the King in our shared chamber at night time… Lord Choi San.”
He frowned and turned to leave but then he turned towards you again, making you pause in the middle of shutting the doors. 
“Why do you let him do this to you?”
He sounded so angry at that moment. He had never been angry at you- in fact, as the King’s Right Hand you interacted with him once in a while and always found him warm and friendly, but he sounded so angry now.You wondered who his anger was directed at for a brief moment but you were far too tired to care, so you responded with a glare before you shut the door in his face.
“I may be higher in status than your King but as his wife, I am powerless.”
That had been about a month ago. You wondered why Lord Choi had come inside your chamber this time without warning, without knocking. Did he hear everything? Did he witness the King leaving and decided to check on you, because you were pretty sure he wouldn’t have dared to enter without permission if the King had been inside-
The door opened yet again and you watched in surprise as Lord Choi extended a hand for you, a first-aid kit in his other hand. 
“You really shouldn’t be here-”
He groaned and bent down to grab your wrist and gently lifted you up, steering you to the chair you had been sitting on before all this happened. He placed the kit on the vanity and went to grab himself a chair from the other end of the room, seating himself in front of you. Silently, he opened the kit and took out tweezers, extending his hand and looking at you. You rolled your eyes and placed your right hand in his palm so he could extract the shard he had noticed earlier. 
“Did you have to pick up the glass?” He tsk-ed as you winced when he pulled out the shard. 
“It was a gift from my mother,” you explained.
“I figured, but did you have to hurt yourself more?”
You pursed your lips. “If the King comes back, you and I are both dead. You know that, right?”
“If I cared, I wouldn’t be here in the first place,” he muttered. He gently applied ointment on your finger where the shard had been, and then he looked at you for permission before rolling your sleeve up a bit where he had spotted another bruise earlier, applying the ointment there as well. He asked you to tell him where else it hurt and you rolled your other arm so he could inspect your elbow as well. Finally, his gaze fell on your neck and he waited for your permission. You looked in the mirror-
There was a scratch alright, but you looked… horrible. You tucked your hair back- at least your face was okay this time, though your eyes looked so hollow. You turned back to him and he muttered a ‘sorry’ before scooting closer and drawing your hair away from your neck, leaning in and applying the ointment on your neck- so carefully, as if he could hurt you. His hand on your shoulder, that he probably didn’t realise was there yet, was absently squeezing it reassuringly- quite a contrast to how your husband had done that. 
The air felt thick as he leaned back a little to inspect your neck. He met your eyes and you scoffed out loud. 
“If you look at me like that and hold me so gently, I might end up catching feelings for you, Lord Choi San. I’m a married woman.”
To your surprise, his permanent subtle frown melted and he failed to stifle his smile, leaning back as he looked down in an attempt to hide his face, his dark hair falling on his forehead. He looked up at you to find you attempting to stifle your own smile but also failing, and you both shared a short laugh despite the situation.
Lord Choi shook his head, exhaling. “I’m sorry. I was here earlier and I heard the noise. I should have intervened earlier- or done something about this. I’m really sorry. I should have done something before it got this bad.”
“And what could you have done?” You cocked your head. “You can’t tame a monster. You’re only human.”
He didn’t look pleased to hear that and with a disappointed look, he started to pack the kit, your eyes fixated on him all along. He got up and passed a subtle bow, turning to leave-
And perhaps, with the last shreds of strength left in you, you grabbed the edge of his sleeve, stopping him. He froze for a moment before he turned, and for the first time, he spotted vulnerability in your eyes, realising he hadn’t seen you like this ever before- not that time he first saw you in this state, not even earlier tonight when you scrambled to hide your wounds. He wondered how you could be so powerless when you wore a crown on your head.
You tightened the grip on his sleeve, ignoring the tugging feeling in your heart from the way he looked at you. “You don’t have to do anything to the King. I… I will kill him myself.”
Something in Lord Choi’s heart both broke and healed- healed due to your resolve. He put his hand over yours, squeezing it. “You don’t have to get your hands dirty… Your Majesty. I will do that for you.”
A silent understanding passed between the two of you. You understood that now was not the time to discuss this so you let him go, but for the first time-
For the first time after coming here, you felt like you could accomplish anything.
—--------------------------
For the next couple of days, you remained in your chambers, not even bothering to get sun. The King would occasionally drop by and pretend you didn’t exist or have one of his servants come by to get your signature on whatever document he needed it on. You were always careful to hide your wounds- you simply did not want anyone to make stories about why you were in that state, so you would always welcome the servants- which in the long run benefited you since they were always reliable sources on what was actually going on in the castle.
You learned that the King was not too pleased with the court session of that day, with everyone concluding that the trade dealings between Eden and Utopia should carry on as before. You had suspected right after marriage that the King had plans to disrupt the trade business and though so far most of his efforts had been in vain- after all, he had to respect the opinions of the members of his court too- he was already involved in some underground dealings. That was a rumour you heard and you just needed someone to confirm it.
So you spent your days recovering wondering if that really was the case, how could you get back at the King while maintaining your status as his wife and not losing power as the Queen? Would you have to involve the court somehow and bring attention to the matter? You knew the King had only married you to strengthen the relations between the two kingdoms and though you believed that earlier, you were beginning to wonder if the King had some other ulterior motive.
Sometimes you found yourself wondering where it had all gone wrong. Yes, marriage amongst royals was usually done with intent- the partners were always selected because of their power, influence or some other legitimate reason. You knew that, however…
Would it have been so bad if the King and you could have had a normal relationship? If you two had become friends, at least? If he had at least respected you as the Princess of Utopia? You sighed, running your fingers over the teacup you had been holding for about half an hour now. The tea had long gone cold. 
And then there was the King’s Right Hand. Choi San. The only man who ever gave you butterflies.
And that was not just on the night a couple days ago, no. From the beginning, you had admired him for his relationship with the King- back when things were still peaceful and the King talked to you properly at the very least. He had usually acted as the mediator when you discussed business with the King. As his Right Hand, he usually accompanied him everywhere and his visits to your chambers in the early months of your marriage had been quite frequent. At that time, you had thought he was quite warm and considerate. But when the King started acting differently, his visits became less frequent and perhaps, at one point, you started looking at him as an accomplice.
And then he saw you that one night and you realised he never knew what was really going on between the King and you. Between that night and the recent one, he seemed to have avoided you on purpose, but if he had…
Why did he help you?
You were still zoning out when a knock sounded on your door and one of the maids stationed in the corner went to open the door. 
“Lord Choi is here, Your Majesty.”
And there it was. The butterflies were back. You wondered if it was from nervousness.
“Let him in,” you said, and the maid bowed, letting the King’s Right Hand in and moving to the next room. Lord Choi, dressed in his deep blue uniform, made sure no one was in earshot before bowing to you and seating himself in front of you.
“Tea?” You offered. “Though it might have gone cold now.”
His eyes travelled to your cup, still half full. “Thank you, but I’ll decline. I need your signatures on… these documents.”
You leaned forward as he handed you the documents, briefing you about their contents. With a sigh, you flipped through them, signing them until you reached the last page and found a note wedged in. You frowned, opening the note and reading:
The King won’t be coming here tonight- he is having drinks with his pals. Permission to come here tonight?
You looked at him. He didn’t give away any hint of emotion on his face- trained as a servant to not react to such situations. You gave him a subtle nod and handed the documents back. He bowed and left, leaving you with your bland tea.
Night time couldn’t have approached any slower. You told your maids you had a headache and wished to rest so they dressed you up in your nightwear and tucked you in bed. As soon as they left, you were up and pacing in your room, waiting and waiting-
And then giving up and lying on the bed, almost dozing off-
Until you heard very low, subtle knocks you could have dismissed as background noise. You were up and going for the door within a second and you opened it to the man you had waited for all day, who glanced around before entering.
“Any maids inside?”
“None,” you assured him and he nodded, relaxing a bit. 
“There’s a passage to escape in your room, right?” He asked and you nodded. “Then that’s where we’ll have our meetings so I can, uh, leave if we’re compromised.”
“Lord Choi… You don’t have to sound so serious, you know,” you said- you simply couldn’t help it. He side-eyed you before motioning for you to lead him to your room.
“Just call me San.”
You resisted the urge to pause and look at him, simply nodding and the two of you sat on the sofa in your room. An awkward, almost uncomfortable silence fell as the reality of the situation started to sink in.
The King’s Right Hand in the Queen’s room in the middle of the night. His presence alone could warrant for an execution, let alone the treason you were both about to plan. San shifted awkwardly towards you, scanning your figure once. 
“Are you… okay?”
“Yeah,” you took a deep breath. “Yeah… I’m okay. The maids take care of me.”
San looked down, his fists clenching and unclenching as he wondered what to say, where to begin. You could understand his frustration. You decided to ask him something then.
“How long have you been the King’s Right Hand?”
“Long enough,” he replied. “Before that, I would accompany his father’s Right Hand. I’ve grown up here, actually, but my parents left the castle after what happened to the King and the Queen.”
He was referring to the incident that took the life of your husband’s parents- the ship sinking during their travels a few years ago. That was the first time you had visited Eden, for the funeral as a representative of Utopia since your father couldn’t make it. You recalled being impressed by how the son who just lost his parents had stood tall and assured his people that Eden would continue to thrive as it had during his parents’ reign. You also remembered your first interaction with the then Prince, soon to be crowned King, where you offered your condolences and touched on various subjects. After a proposal came only a year later, you wondered if you had made a good impression on him after all.
Oh, how you wished you could go back to that time so you never stepped foot here.
“Has he… has he always been like this?”
San looked at you- he didn’t find any hint of pain in your eyes, rather… you almost looked as if you were pitying the King for being broken were it not for the fire in your eyes. Because broken was the only word San could call the King now. No man was supposed to treat a woman this way. 
“I… I don’t know,” San admitted. “He’s never been one to waste time seeking pleasure before marriage, and I’m ashamed to admit I didn’t realise what was happening sooner.”
“It’s not like you could have done anything,” you sat back, turning to your right to pour yourself a glass of wine. You offered one to San but he refused. “What is your plan now? If your King learns what you’re doing behind his back… you realise what could happen, right?”
“I do,” he matched your gaze and you were satisfied to see that there was not a hint of doubt in his eyes. “I won’t ask you to trust me- that would be asking for a lot, but… I can help you if you tell me what you wish to do. I have already tried talking to the King about a month ago, but…” San tsk-ed in disappointment. “I don’t think I can talk him through this. And he’s never been one to keep his servants close. As a servant, I can’t dare to talk back to him.”
“Yet here you are,” you smiled, swirling the red liquid in your glass. “If it were up to you… how would you plan the downfall of the King?”
San flinched at the words- even though you had barely spoken them loud, he wished you had whispered them. But perhaps you deserved to scream those words in the open. “Well… I’ve thought about it. Realistically, if you demand a divorce, I don’t think the King will give you what you want. It might worsen the situation.”
“That’s right…” you nodded. “Carry on.”
San took a deep breath, thinking. “You cannot just go and tell someone about how you are being mistreated. The people serve the King and he holds the power. It would cost him nothing to silence someone who dares to speak out.”
“Correct. And that leaves…”
“A few options. I would not suggest actually killing the King,” San winced at the thought. “Even though it’s tempting. But there are fates worse than death… don’t you agree?”
You nodded. It looked like you and him were both thinking the same thing. 
“I think the only way you could gain something from this- because with all due respect, you shouldn’t just leave empty-handed,” San scoffed and a faint smirk crawled on your lips, “The King needs to be publicly ridiculed.”
You whistled. “What would the King say if he heard you talk like that?”
San passed you a desperate look and you chuckled to yourself. “You don’t have to be so tense. At least not with me, not here, where you’re just San and I’m just… y/n. But carry on.”
San wasn’t having any of it. “A trap of sorts. The King isn’t the saint the public makes him to be, so our only bet is to make his secret dealings public- ones which don’t benefit our kingdom. And as the Right Hand… I have intel. I just need to check a few things and then I can provide you all the information you need. It is up to you to decide what to do with it, and… you can use me in whatever way you want. I am at your disposal… Your Majesty.”
You nodded slowly, letting it sink in. “We shall plan together then?”
“Together,” he agreed, “If that is what you want.”
“I have a few… conditions.”
“Of course,” his brows furrowed as he focused on you. “Please.”
“First of all… you should start using the secret passages more- if a guard spots you entering here, it won’t be good.”
“Okay, that shouldn’t be a problem,” San agreed. 
“Right,” you nodded. “I’m blindly betting my life on you so try not to betray me, will you? Or at least let me know if you need to switch sides-”
“That- that won’t happen,” San let out a short laugh, shaking his head as he looked down. “My mother didn’t raise me like that.”
You smiled at his words. “She sounds wonderful. And San?” He looked at you and you continued, turning fully towards him. “You have to promise me something. Promise me that if you ever hear something or walk in to the King doing something to me… you will not interrupt-”
“No-”
“Let me finish,” you raised your hand and he sighed, giving in. “I already have a plan in my head, and honestly, it’s a miracle that you’re here right now. But in my big plan… I have to let the King do whatever he does to me. I cannot have you destroying everything I’ve worked for. You have to understand that if you interrupt and expose yourself… we’re both done for. We lose. I cannot lose now, do you understand?”
San looked like he was struggling to answer and you scooted closer, putting a hand on his clenched fist, making him relax a bit. “You’re already helping me out enough by simply being here. Your presence… it’s enough. I feel like I can conquer now that I know I’m not alone,” you let out a short laugh and San smiled at that. “But please. It’s a sacrifice I have to make to win.”
San put a hand over yours, stealing a glance before shaking his head. “I cannot promise, but… I will try.”
You nodded absently, focused on his firm grip on your hand, his rough fingers caressing yours almost lovingly. You shook your head to draw yourself out of the trance. You knew you were starved for affection but you hadn’t realised how much impact such a gesture would have on you. You squeezed his hand before drawing it away.
“That’s it, then…” you said. “I just have to go over a few things. You can come into my room during nighttime- it’s not like I really sleep. I’ll unlock the secret door,” you pointed to the door behind the tapestry. “You just have to make sure the King won’t be coming back for the night before you do.”
“Alright,” San got up and looked around. “There’s another door in your office, right? I might use that instead. It connects with my room too.”
“That’s better, just don’t walk into the King gloating in my office and you’re fine- it’s where he goes to ‘vent’,” you said and he scoffed.
“I’ll take my leave then. Good night, Your Majesty.”
Before he could exit the room, you said, “San? I have another condition.”
San turned, raising a brow. “And what’s that?”
“It’s y/n for you.”
San chuckled at that despite the anger that had been roiling in him since he saw you in that state. “Whatever you say… Your Majesty.”
With that, he left, leaving you smiling into the distance for a long time.
—-------------------------
The next few days, you remained as invisible as you could. You had a few meetings and a party scheduled that you had to attend along with the King, but you were careful not to challenge him in court. You did not want the King to wonder why there was suddenly life in your eyes, so you made sure to keep your eyes unreadable.
Because there was, suddenly, life in your eyes. Hope. You were beginning to feel hopeful and you knew how dangerous that was, but you couldn’t help it. Not when you finally had someone who was going to lay his life on the line for you. Now you couldn’t help but smile when something reminded you of him- whenever you planned in your head, or when you dared to note a few things down on paper only to burn it in the end because you could leave no trace… 
You would find yourself smiling as you watched the pages burn in the fireplace.
It wasn’t too hard for you to gather information about the King’s weak point. The thing about people was that they loved a good gossip session. And since the King had made the mistake of not limiting your social attendance, whenever you met up with the wives of earls or dukes, drinks would be passed and their lips would loosen. They didn’t even comprehend how dangerously the information could be used. Over the few months of your marriage, you had enough gossip in your brain that you could iron out the details for. You had a few open spots you could attack the King for- 
But you would wait for San. You needed to hear him first, because no matter how much information you had gathered, nothing could come close to what San would have as the person who knew every move his King made. 
You wondered if San would agree with you on one of these things, and you wondered which of them even held leverage, because if you went in blindly with one of these, it wouldn't end well for you and whoever sourced this information. You didn’t want to risk dragging anyone else. 
“Your next move… Your Majesty?” Your maid asked, looking at you and then at the chessboard you had been staring at for far too long.
“Oh, forgive me, I got lost in thought,” you chuckled, moving one of the rooks across the board. “Isn’t it quite late? Have you had dinner yet?”
“Not yet,” the maid admitted and you narrowed your eyes in disappointment, making the young girl laugh. 
“We can continue later,” you marked the moves on the notepad and handed it to the maid who began to wrap up the board. “You should have dinner on time. You’ve got other duties too. Me? I only have to sit and look pretty.”
The maid grinned at that and bowed before leaving and you smiled at her. She was the only one who had been kind enough to keep you occupied with distractions- often bringing board games or embroidering material for when the King was away and you were all alone with your thoughts. Perhaps, she had heard from the only maid who knew how abusive the King was. Perhaps, the King had ordered the young girl to keep you entertained. You didn’t know and you couldn’t ask.
The King was on a one day trip to the neighbouring city for some ‘business’ dealing. He often went there and you were starting to suspect if there was actually some business there or if he had someone just like you in his family house. You ate dinner and waited for bedtime but the King arrived back before that, entering your chamber.
“Good evening,” you called, his maids helping him take off his coat. You glanced behind- San wasn’t with him. “I hope you had a nice trip.”
“Yeah, nothing much,” the King shrugged off the extra layers and settled on the couch. You knew that it meant that he wasn’t in a sour mood (yet) so you relaxed a bit, ordering the maids to bring some fresh tea for him. 
“Would you like to take a bath before you settle down?”
“I’ll have tea first, I’m pretty tired,” he rubbed his face and then looked at you, just having recalled. “Did you attend the dinner at the Earl’s place last night?”
“I did,” you said and he nodded in approval. “They seem to be doing quite well recently. His wife couldn’t stop flaunting her new diamond necklace.”
The King scoffed. “I told the Earl to keep it subtle, but what man can resist a celebration when he scores a good deal?”
“And what deal was that?” You crossed your legs casually, hoping to get something out of him.
“Remember the funds we were keeping aside for the army?” he asked and you nodded. “A few officials from Wonderland offered us more funds in an exchange for the blueprints of our latest weapons.”
You made an impressed face. “Sounds like a nice deal, but I wouldn’t trust Wonderland too much. They have a history of turning on you when times are tough.”
“Yeah, that’s because you’re Utopian,” the King laughed. “Utopia and Wonderland have always been at each other’s throats.”
That wasn’t the truth, but you decided to not argue. You were far too tired to have another session with him. “So that is how the wife got those diamonds, huh?” You laughed. “Well deserved, then.”
“Would you like some too?” The King looked at you, eyes expectant. 
You absolutely hated when he looked at you like that. At first, you thought it was an offer to take a step to improve your relationship with him, and you would accept whatever he offered you. But no amount of diamonds or rubies could erase what he had done, you knew that. And you knew that it wasn’t an offer- it was a trap. The King was a sadistic man who just wanted to prove to you time and time again that he was in charge of making you happy.
And you could either agree and play along, or…
“I still haven’t worn the emeralds you got me last time,” you sighed wistfully as you looked towards your room where the dresser was. “I was hoping to exhibit them at some occasion first.”
“Well, an occasion is near,” he smirked. “Our anniversary.”
“That is two months away, by the way.”
“But it should be celebrated with a blast, don’t you think?” He relaxed back and you could see that he was already planning. “Maybe we could have an emerald theme for you.”
You resisted the urge to scratch his face but you only smiled. “That doesn’t sound bad, actually.”
But your heart sank when he narrowed his eyes at you. “You don’t seem too pleased, though. What more do you want?”
“Oh, no, I am pleased,” you assured. “But we don’t have to plan it right now. You must be tired.”
“I am, actually,” the King shrugged. “Might sleep here tonight.”
You contained the sigh that threatened to leave you. “Let me prepare the bed then.”
Without waiting further, you got up and walked to your room- it was your room. The King had only slept here a handful of times, and he would always leave before dawn. He had made it pretty clear it was your room. But whenever he was tired, and you supposed he needed company, he would sleep with you. Sometimes, even though you hated it, he would make you laugh. Sometimes he would kiss your forehead. One time, he even kissed your lips as he apologised for all his past actions, promising to be a better man, but he never kept his word. He may be called ‘a man of his word’ by the public but he never kept his word to you. And at this point, you were too scared to say no to him. It was a good thing that he hated you and never really touched you. That was the only reason you were still intact.
So you pretended to be pleased when the King settled down next to you. You pretended to enjoy his stupid stories of unimportant things, knowing he just wanted someone to talk to. You added in a few stories of your own, nothing that would give too much away, just so he wouldn’t think it was him making all the effort. And when he fell asleep, you forced yourself to sleep next to him, eyes fixed on the tapestry in your room.
And the next day, you woke up to find him gone. Good riddance.
And that night, you almost thought it was the King again when you heard the creak of a door and you came out of your office only to find-
“San,” you breathed, a hand on your heart from the utter relief that it was not your husband. “A little warning next time, maybe.”
“I’m sorry-”
“No, it’s okay,” you shook your hand in dismissal, scanning him. “I didn’t see you with the King last night. Did you not go with him on that trip?”
“He told me I could have the night off as soon as we entered the castle,” San stepped closer, his eyes scanning everywhere on your body. “Are you okay? He didn’t do anything to you last night, did he?”
You stifled a smile at his worry. “He didn’t. He slept here last night. He was too tired to do anything, and I was careful.”
“Good,” San nodded. “Because I have news. Where do we…?”
You guided him to your office, telling him he could easily hide here if you two ever got interrupted because your office looked more like a storage than an actual office, with books and boxes everywhere. It was your comfort space, though. You resumed arranging the documents from the previous meeting while he spoke.
“Do you know what goes on in the family house?”
“I bet it’s not anything I’d like to know?” You looked at him and he nodded. “Well then, don’t tell me.”
“The… people, there,” San was careful to word it correctly. “Often bring news. They are more like his spies. And I’ve heard that Wonderland and Eden’s deal might not work- something about foreign interference. The King doesn’t know yet.”
“Ah,” you put the papers down. “He seemed quite pleased that it had worked. Not just him- the Earl I went to the day before.”
“Right,” San walked around the room, inspecting the bookshelves. “I saw it coming, but… I thought I’d let you know. The King will be angry when he learns about this.”
You realised then that San was also warning you long with all the planning. You pursed your lips. “Thanks for letting me know. Did you think about a plan?”
You seated yourself in front of him in the spare chairs as he folded his arms in thought. “It might be a little selfish, maybe sadistic…”
“All the better,” you confirmed and he scoffed, making you shrug in amusement. 
“I think if we have to bring the King down… we should target his strength, not his weaknesses. So you might have to change your approach.”
You raised a brow. “How so?”
“What is the King well known for? What is the King proud of?”
“A number of things, but… his dedication? His loyalty to the people?”
“Close,” San straightened before leaning forward and locking eyes with you. “Ever since he was just a prince, he was known to never go back on his word. He keeps his promises with his people. And just recently, he has promised the people that there won’t be another repetition of what happened two decades ago when Wonderland and Eden almost went to war. When countless people were killed while preparing for a war that never happened.”
“When Utopia intervened and stopped the war before it could happen,” you recalled and San nodded.
“The people of Eden have always been wary of Wonderland. The King promised that there will be peace. But how would the people feel if they learned that the King is joining hands with the Wonderland military to start annexing islands around their territories?”
You frowned. “I thought it was only Mist Island? And in that case, Mist Island was once Eden.”
San shook his head. “I wish it was only Mist Island. They’re targeting at least three islands other than Mist Island and they will attack all at once. The military of Eden and Wonderland will work together- and we all know how hungry for power Wonderland is. They won’t stop there- after Wonderland helps us take over every island in our territory, Wonderland will use the blueprints our King himself provided and take over our land- I suspect this, but the King refuses to see this right now because Wonderland has managed to bribe everyone in power, including him. They are not only providing military funds but their own military too. They’re going to attack from the inside when they begin their plan.”
You took a deep breath. “Are you sure about all of this? One hundred percent?”
“Yes,” San nodded. “If I wasn’t, I wouldn’t be here because I don’t know who else to turn to. Everyone else is too blind to see it. And I’m not only joining you because I want to help you- you’re literally the only person who could stop this, Your Majesty. I would have come to you even if the King and you were on good terms.”
You considered that, feeling overwhelmed by his revelation. “What prompted you to take this step, San?” You asked, genuinely curious. “Because if the King learns about this, he would consider it a betrayal. And I’m not talking about our ‘revenge’.”
San took a deep breath. “When my father was the Right Hand, he was more like an advisor to the King, may he rest in peace. My father has long since retired but he has only given me one piece of advice that stuck with me- he said that sometimes, the people in power cannot see the sufferings of the common man when they make such big decisions. It is our duty to make them see it. And believe me, I have tried,” San laughed in defeat. “I told the King that it was a bad idea to join hands with Wonderland, even before your marriage. I respected him as a man, as a ruler, and when he didn’t take my advice, I accepted it. I thought maybe I was the only one who couldn’t see the big plan. But now that you’ve admitted that yourself even just with Mist Island… I think you can see it. You can feel the pain of the civilians. And that is the most respectable quality a ruler could possess.”
You looked down at your hands in your lap, fidgeting nervously. Even in your reign as a princess back in Utopia, no one had ever said such kind words about you. No one had ever acknowledged you, and it was as if San could really see who you were.
“And I… I once respected the King as a man. Not anymore. Not after I told him that the way he treated you was no way for a king to treat his queen and he threatened to fire me. I told him to go ahead but he let me go with a warning to not involve myself in his personal matters. But what kind of a man treats his wife like that? I just can’t respect him anymore. I refuse to be a part of his schemes.”
“That’s… impressive, Choi San,” you finally said and he raised his brows at the way you looked at him. “I always liked you but I didn’t know you had such respectable values. Your parents have raised you very well.”
“Your husband… his parents raised him quite well too. I don’t understand what happened to him. If they were alive… none of this would be happening. None of this.”
You nodded. If they were alive… you would have liked them. Your chest felt tight all of a sudden.
“You know,” you laughed sarcastically as you got up, turning your back towards the King’s Right Hand. “Sometimes I wondered if I was doing something wrong. I wondered if I was too over my head or thought too highly of myself. I thought I deserved this. And if you hadn’t told me the things you told me tonight… I would have continued to blame myself even after we got our revenge. So thank you, San. Thank you for acknowledging me and believing me when no one did. Thank you for caring for the people and worrying about this kingdom when no one else is. I will make sure everyone knows that they owe it to you, because I will expose the King. I will not let Eden fall. I am the Queen, and I will not let my people down.”
San’s heart ached at the way your voice almost cracked at the end, and then it swelled in pride because you, despite being treated that way by the King, cared about the people. As if the people had done anything for you. San got up and slowly walked to you, knowing you were holding back from the way your shoulders tensed and relaxed repeatedly. He wished you had someone by your side to comfort you at this moment, but you had no one. You were so alone here.
So he decided to be that for you- at least for tonight, for this moment. He put his hands on your shoulders softly, almost cursing himself when you flinched but relaxing with you as you subtly nodded to let him know that it was okay. 
“You…” San began, his voice barely a whisper. “You’re a very strong person. I’m sorry that Eden has only let you down even after all this time, and I’m thankful beyond words that despite all of that, you are choosing to stand up for us. I’m sorry that you have to go through whatever you are going through, but none of it, absolutely none of it is your fault, okay? A king is supposed to cherish his queen. A queen is supposed to be the only person the king bows to. The only person a king would take an arrow for. You may not be his queen, but you are my queen. You are my queen and the people’s queen. They look up to you. And they will protect you when the time comes. So don’t be too hard on yourself, Your Majesty. You owe us nothing, but we will never forget what you have and will do for us.”
You nodded and wiped your face. He squeezed your shoulders assuringly, letting his hands trace your arms before squeezing them too. “I am here for you, Your Majesty. I am here… y/n.”
You laughed a little at that, glad he couldn’t see you but you knew he was smiling too. “This is not a good time to call my name, San. I’m very vulnerable right now.”
San couldn’t help but feel curious. He knew he was treading on very dangerous lines, but…
“Y/n.”
You sighed deeply at that. His hands still on your upper arms caressing the bare skin did not help at all. 
“Would it be too much if I asked for a hug?” 
San instantly knew that you had never received a genuine hug since you arrived here from your voice alone. From the way your shoulders kept curling in. From the way your fists were so tight. Perhaps, not even the maids had helped you- he knew the King was sadistic enough to make sure of that. So San crossed the line, let his hands travel further down to unclench your fists and lined them. He heard your breath hitch when he raised your linked hands, when you realised what he was about to do. And then his heart sank in the most beautiful way when he wrapped your linked arms around your waist, when your back met his body and you melted into the hug, when he found your hearts beating in synchronisation. 
And he let you stand like that for the longest time, rocked you lightly in the hug until you had your fill. It could have been minutes. It could have been hours. He did not know and he did not wish to find out. When you finally squeezed his hands, he let you go and was surprised to find how reluctant he was.
You couldn’t face him, though. You were afraid you would break down or do something worse. So you only said, “Thank you. Thank you for everything.”
“Anytime, Your Majesty.”
You frowned at his intentional switch to your title, and when you found him grinning, you thought it was the most beautiful thing you had seen in a while. He bowed and left, and you didn’t plan anything. You simply sat on your chair and thought about how he felt against you for the rest of the night.
—---------------------------
You and San were starting to fall into a little routine now. 
It looked like the deal with Wonderland was really happening. The King hadn’t told you anything more about that plan, but he became busier and you were careful to avoid him as much as you could- that man could not cope with stress and would only take it out on you if you so much as breathed in the wrong way. You would only interact once at the end of the day when he would come into your chamber to visit his office- much of which he had moved to his private chamber now- and you would ask him how his day was and if he needed anything. You were glad he was busy and didn’t have time to look at you. You didn’t want to be looked at anyway.
San, however, was updating you almost daily. Every night after the King would settle in his own room, after about an hour or two, San would knock on the door that opened to your room and you would let him in. You would both then spend the rest of the time in your office where you would match your information, plan out the next strategy and…
Talk. Simply talk like two normal human beings who didn’t bear such heavy titles.
You loved hearing San talk. His voice was soothing- even when you had only interacted with him formally, you had noticed how soothing his voice was whenever he talked to you, whenever he switched his tone with you. Around the King or when on duty, he was a different man, but perhaps, this was who San really was. Perhaps, this was what San sounded like- like morning dew on a clear day. Whenever San told you something about himself, you always listened carefully. You noted how his eyes would curve ever so slightly whenever he talked about his hometown, of his parents and siblings, of his friends who were scattered across the kingdom. 
Sometimes, between talking, he would suddenly become aware. He would pause and straighten and you would see the physical shift in his body as he reminded himself that he was the King’s Right Hand and shouldn’t be here in the middle of the night trading stories with you. But he couldn’t help it- he didn’t like how wary you would become whenever he started acting like his title. So he would urge himself to relax a bit, just so you could have some peace of mind. 
You hadn’t told San much about yourself, but he had learned a lot of things about you in the past two weeks. He learned that the King was manipulating you- he would behave well with you whenever he needed favours from you as the Princess of Utopia but as soon as he got the job done, he would go back to being the same. He learned how big a role you played as a Princess back in your kingdom and how involved you really were. He also realised that the King probably wanted to lessen your involvement before he could carry out the plan.
But these were the things he already somewhat knew. What he hadn’t realised was how strong you were and how brave you were. What he didn’t know was how you were still just someone yearning to be loved and treated right. When you asked him one day if he considered you a friend, San had been silent for a long time.
“I’ve never really had a true friend,” you laughed as you said. “You know how it is with us. People are always after something. They’re always using you and you learn to use them in return and call it a ‘friendship’. They don’t think twice before stabbing you in the back. So I wonder… even if we are somewhat using each other… would you say that we are friends?”
And when he only stared at you for a long time, you sighed. “I get it. You’re the King’s Right Hand. You can’t be friends with the Queen. I get it, really-”
“No, it’s not that, I…” San laughed nervously. “I just… I’m flustered, I’ll admit it. Seems like I’m still getting used to the fact that you are the queen and I’m only a mere servant, Your Majesty.”
“Oh, please,” you tossed the ball of yarn you had been playing with at him and he caught it with a laugh. “I’m not gonna pretend that I don’t know you call me ‘Your Majesty’ on purpose now.”
“It’s what I’m used to,” he pouted.
“Also… you’re not just a ‘mere servant’, San,” you insisted. “If I cared about titles, I wouldn’t have given you the power to control my fate. Because my fate is in your hands now. You could do anything with all the information you have now-”
“I would never-”
“I know,” you smirked. “Just letting you know that I’d rather be your friend than your enemy, ever.”
San had laughed at that, the first time he had ever truly laughed in front of you, and you wondered if that was the moment when he finally started loosening up, when he admitted that it was an honour that you would offer your friendship to him and you scolded him again. When he started treating you more casually, calling you by your title only teasingly. When he started worrying about you and making sure you were eating properly and staying out of the King’s way when he was sensitive. 
And when it felt like he was finally starting to treat you as an equal. Just a couple nights ago, you told him that over a chess game with him as you planned.
“Sometimes I wonder if this was all I needed,” you said. “Maybe I just needed someone who wouldn’t hold me in such high reverence or wouldn’t dismiss me as if I meant nothing. I hope you see me as an equal, San.”
“I do,” he admitted, but dropped your queen piece on the board and called checkmate, making you gape at him. “Which is why I’m not letting you win this game.”
You were just staring at the chessboard and recalling that fond memory when one of your maids knocked on the door. 
“The King requests your presence in the Great Hall,” she said. “Something about planning your anniversary party.”
“Isn’t it too soon for that?” You wondered, looking in the mirror to make sure you looked presentable. 
“I’ve heard some officials from Wonderland are visiting soon so the King is wondering if it would be too bad to kill two birds with one stone,” she said casually, shrugging. “Not a bad idea. We haven’t had a party in long.”
You shot her a dirty look but she only grinned before opening the door for you. 
The Great Hall was surprisingly full. You recognised the court people and a group of people around the King who you presumed were the event planners. You resisted the urge to roll your eyes- it looked like the King was doing pretty okay all by himself. What did he need you for-
“Your Majesty,” one of the court people who noticed you first got up, drawing everyone’s attention to you and the King patted the chair next to him- 
Between him and San.
Your heart sank and you greeted everyone before joining them at the end of the hall. San got up and bowed to you before drawing the seat for you and you thanked him.
“The guest of honour arrives!” The King announced and everyone raised their glasses. You smiled at them before turning towards your husband. 
“What is going on?”
“Oh, we’re just planning a party for you,” he leaned forward to speak in your ear. “The Prince of Wonderland arrives next week. I thought we could use our anniversary party as an excuse to welcome him as well.”
“Good idea, actually,” you said and shifted away subtly- you did not want him breathing down your neck. “In that case, the emerald theme sounds nice too. Emerald is Wonderland’s colour.”
“Oh, I totally forgot about that, thanks for reminding me,” he grinned, the man next to him calling him to look over something and you exhaled, running your eyes across the table to take everyone in. They all seemed to be talking about Wonderland, though.
“Your Majesty,” San called and you turned to him, surprised. “I just need your confirmation on a few things.”
“Go ahead,” you said and he called one of the event planners and you spent about half an hour running over everything with them. The King would join in between to tweak it a little, and finally…
“Sounds like we have a plan,” the King announced, pleased. “Shall we have dinner now?”
You excused yourself and went to join the women at the other end of the table where dinner was served. You tried not to look at San who was seated in front of you next to the King. Everyone congratulated you and the King for sticking with each other for a whole year and you felt disgusted at the King’s attempt to flatter you. As if he had ever acted like a husband. However, you made sure to smile at the right time and nod along. You had a throbbing headache by the time it was over. You dismissed the maids after they prepared your bath and soaked in it for a long time before dressing for bed.
But you couldn’t sleep. You felt such anger in you. You had never felt this angry before- not even when the King first showed his true colours. How dare that man use the excuse of your anniversary to pretend that the party was in your honour, that he was ‘lucky to have you as a wife’ as he said in the Great Hall just earlier? How dare he use the excuse of your anniversary party to welcome the Prince of Wonderland who had time and time again turned his back on Utopia, on your people?
You stood by the window staring holes into the fireplace and you almost didn’t hear the subtle knocks next to you. You uncovered the door and found San already peeking inside.
“I got worried for a second- I had been knocking for a minute now,” San entered and you drew the curtains on the window. “Is everything okay?”
“Yeah, I was just zoning out,” you said, wincing when a sharp pain shot through your head again. San frowned at that.
“Are you feeling okay? You look pale.”
“Just a headache,” you assured him, but he wasn’t having any of it. 
“Do you have chamomile here? Let me make you some tea-”
“It’s okay-”
“Please, I insist,” he guided himself out and you almost smiled at how he naturally took charge. He went to the kitchen, found the drawer where you kept your tea and began to boil some water. You leaned next to the doorframe as he prepared the cups and he glanced at you, chuckling at the way you stood watching him.
“I quite like the sight of you in the kitchen. Maybe you could switch from Right Hand to personal maid.”
San snickered at that. “I bet you’d like that. Didn’t you have a headache just now? Go sit or something.”
You pouted at that and when he finished pouring the water into the cups, you decided to settle on the couch in your office. 
“So?” San asked after taking a few sips. “What brings the headache tonight?”
“As if you don’t know,” you glared at him from the corner of your eye. “I didn’t realise the King was this enthusiastic about hosting Wonderland here.”
“I didn’t either, trust me,” San admitted, putting his cup on the table. “Something must have changed while I was away.”
San was referring to the two-day leave he got to visit home. You nodded in agreement. “Do let me know when you catch up with your King.”
You didn’t mean to sound so bitter and San looked surprised as well. You drank another sip before placing the cup on the table and getting up, going towards the window and opening it. You needed air. You needed to take a few, deep breaths-
“What’s wrong?” San almost whispered, not too far from where you stood.
“Nothing, I just need some air,” you muttered.
“Please, y/n? You promised not to hide anything from me.”
“I don’t know, I’m just so angry, San,” you sighed deeply. “I really don’t like playing along with this. That man will pretend to be affectionate at the party but I know the Prince will do something to tick him off and he’ll come to take it all out on me. I don’t want to prepare or plan for a party that I know will not end up well.” You wrapped your arms around yourself. “It’s getting harder for me to keep playing along, and I’m afraid I will snap and do something irreversible, and all that we have worked for will be in vain.”
“That won’t happen,” he said and it sounded like a promise even when you knew it wasn’t. “You’re doing so well. You won’t give in. I know how the Prince loves to mock you, but… try not to mock him back this time, will you? Even though I love how you always show him his place…”
You laughed at that and San joined. He placed a hand on your shoulder, turning you towards him. He scanned your face with a smile. “You’re so strong, and you’re holding up so well. You don’t even have to think of that event as an anniversary if that is what bothers you. It won’t be long after that we can finally put our plan to action.”
“That doesn’t bother me,” you told him. “I just… I wish, I-”
You couldn’t say it. You couldn’t admit it. Not now. But how could you hold back when he was looking at you like you were the most precious thing he had laid his eyes on? You sometimes hated the adoration in San’s eyes. How could you hold back when he held you like you were fragile? How could you not tell him that when you sat next to him today at the Great Hall… you wished he was the one who was yours? Not only by title, but truly, wholly yours?
You weren’t sure if San could read that in your eyes- he was pretty good at reading you. But when you tried to turn away from him, he grabbed your wrist gently, stopping you right there. He stepped closer to you.
“Look at me.”
You couldn’t.
“Look at me, y/n,” he said and you shook your head but he brought his hand to your face, glad that you didn’t flinch for once and tucked your hair behind your ear before cupping your face and making you lock eyes with him.
“It’s going to be over soon, I promise,” he said, caressing your hand that he was already holding. “And then you are free. I can’t imagine how tough it is for you to simply hang in there and wait, but-”
“But you make it better,” you whispered, your gaze falling to his locked lips. “You… I wish I… I wish that you-”
San let go of your hand to put a finger on your lips, surprising you and himself. “Don’t say it, y/n. Don’t say it.”
And then you knew. You knew that you weren’t wrong. You knew that perhaps, he felt a fraction of what you felt for him. And you could see how tense he was, how much he was holding back. He kept scanning your face, his gaze falling on your lips multiple times. He shook his head, attempting to draw himself out of the trance and he drew his finger away but you took that opportunity to bring your hand to his face-
Oh, how devastatingly beautiful he was. How much you loved his little gestures that you were sure no one but you noticed- the slightest frowns, the twitch of his lips, the clenching of his jaw. You caressed his face and he looked helpless. 
“Why?” You finally asked.
He didn’t respond. His hand snaked behind your neck, his thumb caressing your cheek and then he leaned forward just the tiniest bit. You responded by doing the same and you both found yourselves leaning into each other- by this point, his breath caressed your lips-
And before you could take another step, you heard the main door unlocking and your eyes went wide with fear. San instantly stepped away from you and you looked at the escape door, praying that one made less noise before you calmed your breathing, picked the extra cup and placed it on the shelf, and appeared out of your office-
“Oh. I wasn’t expecting you tonight.”
“And you’re up late,” the King scanned you. “What were you doing?”
“I just woke up with a headache so I made some tea for myself and was going through some stuff in the office. Everything alright?”
“Yeah, just needed to get something from my office-”
“At this hour?” You made the mistake of asking and he paused to glare at you.
“And? What about it?”
“Nothing,” you raised your hands in surrender. “I’ll give you space.”
You started towards your room but he grabbed your wrist and you couldn’t help but compare it to a certain someone- your husband’s grip was always a bit too strong. You turned to face him and your heart sank when he looked angry.
“Look, I’m not in the mood to fight tonight, but I have to warn you,” he began, his grip tightening again making you wince. “Do not mess with any plans. Do not challenge the Prince of Wonderland when he comes. It won’t end well for us if you do.”
“Okay, I won’t,” you said, trying to extract your hand back but he pulled you towards him, pointing a finger in your face for good measure before letting you go. 
You knew then- you wouldn’t try anything but you wouldn’t let the Prince disrespect you or your kingdom, no matter the consequences.
—--------------------------
“The gloves, the gloves!” Your maid called and another maid brought a box from the bed, the group of them squealing at how pretty the emerald net gloves were and you shut your eyes, annoyed, but you couldn’t help laughing along with them.
“You lot can have them if you like them so much.”
“Oh no, we wouldn’t,” the youngest of the three said. “But… maybe after the party, Your Majesty?”
You pretended to think and then nodded and they jumped up and down. You gaped at them. “Who assigned you little birds to help me get ready tonight?”
“We’re in training and we’re the best in the class,” the one who seemed to be the oldest said. “The Head Maid expects good results and we shall deliver.”
“We’ve always wanted to get you ready, and what better day than your anniversary party?”
You rolled your eyes, turning back to the mirror. Your anniversary party. What mockery. You checked your curls one last time- the girls had done a pretty good job, actually. Your hair fell in elegant curls by the sides, half pinned up. They kept the makeup quite natural and you liked that. The dress- a ‘gift’ from the King, but really, you knew that he had probably asked one of his designers to do something about it. The dress was beautiful. It was sleek and fell to your feet with a slit in the leg. Everything about you tonight screamed elegant.
You wished you felt as good as you looked.
You wore the gloves, completing the look and admired yourself in the mirror. The sleeves also hung along with the dress though there was a slit for your hands so they wouldn’t get in the way. You had matching heels as well.
“So pretty,” one of them wiped a tear. “Shall we go now?”
You nodded, taking a deep breath. You reminded yourself to stay low but keep your back straight. You had nothing to be afraid of.
You started hearing the music as soon as you left your chamber. There were decorations everywhere in black and emerald colours. You subconsciously touched the emerald earrings you were wearing- even though you wanted to throw these beauties away, you had to wear them and flaunt them at the event tonight. You had to let everyone know that your ‘loving’ husband got them as a gift for you. 
Tonight was truly going to be all about your patience, and you could not snap.
You entered the ballroom as the maids announced your arrival and joined the King who was waiting for you next to the Prince of Wonderland in a corner. You bowed to the Prince who bowed back.
“I must congratulate you on your anniversary, first,” he began. “Time flies. My wife has sent some gifts for you.”
“Please send her my regards,” you smiled. “I hope she can make it here next time.”
The Prince laughed at that and the King pressed a kiss to your temple. “I’m going to announce your arrival now.”
You nodded and the King signalled the musicians to stop. As hundreds of eyes trained on you, you stood tall, the King’s hand resting on your back a reminder. He took a deep breath.
“Thank you all for making it tonight. Please join me in warmly welcoming the arrival of the star of tonight’s event- esteemed ruler and wife, the Queen!”
Everyone applauded and you bowed once to them with a smile. Next, the King nodded and said, “I must also welcome the guest of honour- the Prince of Wonderland. I hope you make him feel at home during his stay.”
The Prince bowed and applause filled the room again. The King cued the musicians and everyone went back to what they were doing.
“You can go socialise and join us for dinner, okay?” The King said and you nodded, spotting San in the crowd who was making his way to you-
Looking absolutely breathtaking in a black suit with his hair slicked back, tendrils falling onto his forehead.
“Your Majesty,” he bowed and you acknowledged him, both of you scanning each other for a good moment. “Do you want me to get you anything?”
“I was just leaving,” you told him, glancing towards the King who seemed to be listening in to your conversation. San nodded and passed you to go to the King and whisper something in his ear. You stood inhaling the woody scent of whatever cologne he was wearing before urging yourself to move. 
Dinner time approached rather quickly- there were too many people stopping by to chat with you- officials and royals from around the continent- and you didn’t have one moment to breathe. You were relieved when they announced that everyone should move to the Great Hall for dinner. You joined the King who seemed to be too involved in his discussion with the Prince to offer you an arm an accompany you-
“Shall I escort you?” San offered and you stifled a smile, noticing the hint of mischievousness in his eyes.
“Why not?” You put a hand on his outstretched arm. The King spared a glance and nodded and you finally relaxed- it wasn’t unusual for San to accompany you at such times. However…
This time it was different.
Everything had been different from a few nights ago when you both almost… you didn’t dare to think of it. After the King interrupted that moment, you were both relieved and disappointed. Relieved because you were the King’s wife, the Queen and you shouldn’t have tried anything like that. 
And disappointed because you wished you had gotten a taste of his lips.
“Tired?” San asked in a low voice, making you blink. 
“A little,” you admitted. “Everything okay at your side?”
“Yep,” he replied and you nodded, walking in silence the rest of the way until you reached the hall. You sat on one side of the King, the Prince on the other side in front of you. Dinner was served and you chatted with the female envoy from Wonderland at your left.
“I must say, you look quite breathtaking, Your Majesty,” the Prince called, winking at the King. “Looks like your husband is taking care of you.”
You stilled for the slightest moment. You weren’t sure if the Prince’s comment was intentional. You looked at the King and made yourself relax. “Definitely.”
“And you look lovely in Wonderland’s colour,” he commented further, stuffing his mouth with food as he scanned you.
“Ah, the emerald was my idea. These,” you pointed at your earrings, “were a gift from my husband. I decided the occasion called for it.”
“She loves her emeralds,” the King chuckled. “Don’t seem too flattered, though, Prince. All this emerald decor is to match with my wife, not to welcome you.”
“I wouldn’t dare assume,” the Prince laughed and you grimaced at how chummy the two were. “Though, now that we’re talking about it, with how good our dealings have been going recently, you could have easily fooled me into believing that tonight was all about me.”
“Ah,” the King shifted in his seat. “The emeralds are older than the deal though.”
The three of you chuckled at that- you knew they weren’t. You recalled what the King had said about sucking it up to the Prince and you decided now was the right moment. “Maybe the emeralds were intentional- my husband has been very eager with the deal.”
The King nodded in approval and the Prince said, “Well, I’m quite fond of how things have turned out too. But I did have a thought that you might entertain, Your Majesty, if I may?”
You frowned in confusion, glancing at your husband who looked as confused. “Sure, by all means.”
“Would it be too bad if Utopia sided with us on this one?” The Prince wiped his face. “It wouldn’t be too bad to have a third nation with us- of course, Wonderland will offer something in return.”
“I… I’ll put a word for you but I’m not the Queen of Utopia, I’m only the Princess,” you told him, faking a smile. “It might be a bit tough given how things turned out the last time.”
“Technical difficulties, I believe,” the Prince coughed- he was all too familiar with how Wonderland had turned its back on Utopia. “Things have changed now, haven’t they?”
“I couldn’t be the judge of that,” you sipped your wine and when the King sent a warning glare in your direction, you cleared your throat. “But I will send word.”
“Fair enough,” the Prince scoffed at that and you knew from the shift in the air that your words had pulled some string that shouldn’t have been pulled. Maybe the King had gone ahead and promised Utopia’s cooperation on his own.
You found that out soon enough.
After dinner and a speech from the King, the party concluded and you farewelled the guests before you accompanied the King back to your chambers. The Prince parted ways for the night and you found yourself alone with your husband, a deadly silence as you walked arm in arm to your rooms with guards behind you. The King motioned the guards to stop a good distance behind-
And you knew tonight wasn’t going to end well.
As soon as you entered the chamber and the King looked around, he started invading your space until you were cornered. 
“Did you have to sound like such a Utopian?”
You shut your eyes, not believing what you were hearing. “Don’t tell me you promised things to him without my knowledge.”
“And what if I did?” He challenged. “Your job is to convince back home that when the time comes, they will supply us with the funds for the army.”
“If you believe I have a say in that?” You scoffed. “You’re wrong-”
You weren’t sure if the sound of his palm meeting your cheek registered first or the pain but you staggered, almost landing on the floor. You shut your eyes in disbelief at how quickly your husband snapped and then you were further humbled when he knelt down and grabbed you by the jaw, glaring at you.
“If only you didn’t run that mouth of yours so much,” he spat. “I wouldn’t have to resort to this-”
“You would have anyway,” you challenged. “You’re a sorry excuse of a man.”
You watched the King’s mouth part in surprise- this was the first time you had verbally retaliated. He got up with a scoff, pacing the room for a few seconds while you gathered yourself, about to go to your room and maybe shut the door on his face-
“You know,” the King blocked your path, stepping in front of you. “I wonder why there’s this fire in your eyes. Have you been doing something behind my back?”
“Have you considered…” you took a deep breath, trying not to raise your voice, “for one moment that maybe, just maybe I am done being treated like a ragdoll?”
“A ragdoll?” The King laughed mockingly, poking his fingers against your sternum, pushing you in the process. “What did you say? Did you ever consider, Your Majesty,” he pushed again, making you stifle a groan. “That you have been misbehaving?”
“And what did I do?” You almost whispered. “I stated facts. Utopia won’t play along with your stupid plans. I saved you the trouble, Your Highness-”
This time, he pushed you properly, slamming you against the wall in the process. “Utopia will bend. I will make sure of it. But first, I have to make you bend to my will.”
You knew that nothing you said now would get through him. His eyes went blank as he pushed you to the ground and kicked at your legs, walking around the room while you clutched at your leg- he was always cruel enough to give you time to recover before he carried on. He picked some box from the mantel and threw it in your direction, the metal meeting the flesh on your arm and you were glad it was only the arm because it hurt like hell. And then you were being picked up and he assessed you once, slowly, before pushing you harshly, making you knock against the shelf and shatter a vase in the process, the shard of which buried in your forearm painfully-
And you stopped breathing when you spotted a shadow move in your room.
It was San, and he looked angry. 
And he was clutching a dagger in his fist.
You couldn’t feel the pain anymore- instead, fear overtook you- you made sure not to look at him again but you shook your head furiously, willing him, begging him to stay in the dark but somehow, you knew he couldn’t stand the sight of it and would interrupt-
So you did the only thing you could think of. You clutched a shard in your hand and when the King stood to strike you again, you met it with the shard which lodged in his fist.
“That is enough, Your Highness, please,” you begged. “Come to your senses-”
“You bitch,” he groaned, clutching at his wrist and it looked like the pain finally made him acknowledge the mess he had created. He stood conflicted, raising his hands to strike you again but then clutching his bleeding wrist.
“Please, go away and get it treated,” you begged. “Say that you fell or something, that it was dark, just please, go away,” you cried and the King shot you a warning look before cursing more under his breath and promising he would have a talk with you soon. Then he turned and left the chamber.
And you found yourself finally relaxing enough to sink to the floor and sob because you had almost ruined everything you had worked for. You had almost ruined your plan. You had risked San’s life in the process. You had made everything worse-
But you fought back this time. Maybe, just maybe… the King would come to his senses or at least this madness would stop.
You wiped your face, taking off your net gloves and letting out a short laugh when you saw they had ripped- your maids would be pissed. You tossed them away and slumped against the wall, the shards still around you.
And then you spotted the shadow move again- but he didn’t dare take one step towards you.
“It’s okay to come out now, you know.”
San sighed deeply- he wished he could disappear in the shadows. He didn’t realise how angry, absolutely furious he could be until this moment. He could have slit the King’s throat right there- not only because he was the King and you were the Queen, but… no woman deserved to be treated like that, to be shoved like she weighed nothing. He stood clenching his fists, wondering if he should have done it, if he could have protected you-
“I might start to think I’m hallucinating if you don’t step out now,” he heard you call and he looked up, watching you pick the shard out of your arm and whistling at the pain.
And that finally prompted him to move and step into the dim light of the main room. He went towards where you kept your medical kit and then he settled down next to you, not meeting your eyes but putting pressure on your wound with a handkerchief and then inspecting it a few moments later, relieved it only needed a bandage. You watched him expertly tie a bandage around your arm and then he rolled your sleeves up to inspect for more damage-
“Why won’t you look at me?” You whispered.
He sighed deeply, gulping as he gathered his courage and tried subduing his anger, but one look at your tear-stained face and messy hair and the absolutely vulnerable eyes, and something in him broke again.
“What kind of a man am I if I can’t protect you?”
“San-”
“I know why you stopped me. I know I promised not to interfere and I know I almost killed that bastard, but y/n,” his brows furrowed as he brought his hand to your face, cupping it and then almost losing it when you shut your eyes and leaned into his touch. “I failed you.”
“No, you didn’t,” you locked your gaze with his. “You saved me tonight. I have never fought back once, but tonight… you saved me, San.”
San wasn’t sure how many times you were going to break his heart and then piece it together tonight. And despite walking on eggshells around you for the past few days ever since he almost crossed the boundary with you, he decided he would heal himself tonight. 
He decided to finish what you couldn’t last time, and he leaned in to lock his lips with yours.
A million thoughts ran through his head- but being the King’s Right Hand and kissing his wife, the Queen, was the least of his worries right now. He didn’t care if he would get executed for this, but… what if you only thought of him as a servant? What if the last time had only been in the spur of the moment-
He broke apart when he felt his thumb getting wet from your tears and he truly wondered if he had made a mistake, but…
You were smiling. You leaned forward, on your knees, and met his lips again and this time, he kissed you properly, his lips moving with yours and his hands holding you carefully, aware that you must be in pain and hurting-
But that wasn’t enough for you. You broke apart again, a newfound strength in you. Your breath hitched as you took in his features now that you were so close to him. You held his face in your hands, crawling in his lap and towering over him, joining your foreheads.
“Don’t hold me like I’ll break,” you warned him. “I want you to kiss me harder. Kiss me like you mean it.”
And that was all the confirmation San needed- his grip on your waist tightened considerably and he kissed you like he was hungry for it. And he didn’t bother staying silent- he groaned into the kiss loud enough to drive you a little insane and you responded with equal enthusiasm, melting into the kiss with each passing second. You locked your arms around his neck and as soon as he swiped his tongue across your lips, you opened your mouth and granted him access, your kisses turning more passionate. Soon, he had you bending and placed you on the floor gently, hovering above you and breaking apart to look at you, a faint smile on his lips.
“We shouldn’t be doing this… Your Majesty,” he whispered, kissing your temple and trailing his lips down your cheek.
“We really shouldn’t,” you pouted, unbuttoning his coat so he could take it off and he tossed it to the side. “But do I really look like I care right now?”
He chuckled, going back to kissing your jaw, trailing his lips down on your neck. “You have no idea how long I’ve wanted to do this.”
“Not longer than me,” you assured, squirming under him when his lips tickled your sweet spot. “You were somehow always the only person I wanted to be touched by.”
San groaned at that, looking at you. “If you say things like that, y/n, god help me-”
You leaned up to capture his lips in a kiss, effectively shutting him up, your fingers working to unbutton his shirt as you messily kissed, one hand guiding your face along while the other traced your curves. You wanted nothing more than to be skin on skin and perhaps he felt that- perhaps, he knew how much you craved this, longed for this. His shirt fell open and you admired the plane of his toned chest and body, running your hands across it. San caressed your face lovingly, kissing your forehead and lingering there.
“Stop thinking whatever you are,” you muttered, leaning forward. “Just do something.”
San looked at you as if asking for confirmation- he couldn’t quite believe this was really happening. His gaze fell to the bandage on your arm and he locked your hands, kissing your wrist. He rolled the sleeve up, wincing at the red bruise from the box the King had thrown at you.
“Does it hurt?”
“Not really,” you told him. It was the truth- it didn’t hurt right now. You couldn’t feel any sort of pain right now, actually, save for the ache in your heart. You could only feel desire coursing through every vein in your body. San trailed kisses up your arm, looking at you for permission as his hand snaked up your back and you gladly gave him access to slide your dress down and he took his sweet time, taking in every inch of your skin, every piece of yourself you had to offer to him. The dress pooled around your hips, leaving you in a black bralette. San kissed your lips enthusiastically before trailing kisses down again, this time aiming to kiss every bruise and faint mark on your body. 
You lay on your back, your hands running through his hair, your heart overwhelmed at how he still held and touched you like you could break. You wanted to tell him that you had already broken and he was healing you. You loved the feather kisses he dropped on your skin and you appreciated that he was taking his time with you. After he was done, he kissed you for a long time, simply moving his lips along yours. The exhaustion was starting to catch up now.
“Can we take this to bed?” You asked and he chuckled at that, nodding and helping you up but you almost stumbled due to the sudden blood rush. He caught you in his arms, helping you to your room. You took off your dress, now in your undergarments and he looked up. You smacked his arm before changing into your nightgown and then tapped his arm so he could relax and found him flustered.
“For someone who kissed like it was the last time, you sure are shy now,” you commented, going to the dresser and beginning to take all the clips out of your hair. San came to stand behind you, helping you and then playing with the curls in your hair. He caught you looking at him and he smiled sadly.
“I’m sorry, y/n.”
“For what?” You turned to him and he tucked your hair back. 
“For everything,” he sighed. “That is the last time that man touches you, okay? I won’t let it happen again. I swear on my life-”
“San-”
“No,” he shook his head, adamant. “I don’t care about anything- I won’t let him touch a hair on your body.”
You pursed your lips, feeling overwhelmed and he was quick to embrace you. You wrapped your arms around his back, letting him caress your hair and guide you both to the bed. Settling down, he drew the covers over the two of you after shrugging off his shirt.
“I’ll leave before the sun rises, is that okay?” He asked.
“I’d rather have you like this forever,” you buried your face in his chest, tangling your limbs together and his body shook as he laughed.
“Of course you would,” he tsk-ed. “Do you like me that much?”
“I do,” you weren’t going to lie. “What about it?”
He kissed the top of your head. “Well… the sentiments are returned.”
“Glad to hear,” you snuggled into him. “Kiss me to sleep.”
—--------------------------------
The night of the party had gone incredibly wrong- you physically injured the King. It had been three days and he hadn’t seen you since-
Which wasn’t too bad. You figured the King must have been ashamed for once because you finally fought back and made it clear that he had no control over you. You recalled over and over again what he had said that night-
“Utopia will bend. I will make sure of it. But first, I have to make you bend to my will.”
You had a solid plan in your head now- you were going to make sure the King’s plans would be exposed and go after the Prince of Wonderland first by contacting your spies. It was going to work. You didn’t know what you were going to do after that, but for now… you had to do something.
Because now, you had hope. You knew that having hope was dangerous especially at a time like this. You did not know how the future would play out from here, but you couldn’t help feeling like a silly little girl with hope as you drew the curtains away from the window and smiled at the bright sun.
And it didn’t help that San was making sure he treated you like the way you were meant to be. 
You weren’t afraid to lock the main door of your chamber anymore after night time. After what the King had done to you, you could use the excuse of being scared of him (you genuinely were) in case he ever came here without notice. The King wasn’t visiting your chamber anymore, instead sending maids to do what needed to be done.
Good riddance, you thought. He should be ashamed.
And then at night time when you sent the maids away, you would lock the doors and wait for San. And no matter how late it got, San always came. He would knock on the door in your room and you would be quick to open it. He would embrace you as soon as he saw you. Sometimes you would talk first, or sometimes, you would get right into it and kiss each other. With each passing day and the anxiety that came with carrying this plan that could very well end up with you both being tried in court for treason, you two found comfort in each other. Your wishes to not be apart for one moment during the night grew more intense.
You would sit in his arms on the bed or on the couch in the living room as you talked. You would tell each other how your day went and other casual stuff. It was just you and San without the titles. He would caress your hair as you talked. You would play with his fingers or trace patterns on his arms as he held you. One of you would give in first and kiss the other. Sometimes, it was soft and continued for hours- just kissing and chatting, laughing as you talked in hushed voices as if afraid they could be carried out by the air. 
But sometimes… It felt like San intended to break you apart. Sometimes his hands would consciously or unconsciously touch some bare skin on your legs as you cuddled which earned him a short gasp. Sometimes, he would let it go and wait for you, but sometimes, he would test the waters and trace his fingers up, up and up. Maybe you would slap his arm and giggle. More often than not, though, you would bare more skin for him. You wanted to be touched everywhere, and you had made it clear.
And he hadn’t disappointed.
You had a long day today and were just finishing responding to the last letter when you heard the familiar knocks on the escape door. You smiled to yourself, sealing the letter within an envelope and going into your room to open the door.
“You’re early tonight,” you said as a greeting and San kissed your forehead as he stepped inside.
“His Highness is in a sour mood today so he went out for drinks with the Earl,” he told you and you shrugged.
“Wonder what’s got him so sour lately,” you started towards the living room.
“Maybe the wound on his hand refuses to heal,” San chuckled. “You have no idea how hard it is to hold back a smirk everytime I see him wince in pain.”
“Satisfying, isn’t it?” You grinned and you both sat next to each other in the living room. “Did you receive a response yet?”
You were referring to the letter you had sent to who you expected was the only person in the Prince of Wonderland’s court with some sense of what was right and wrong. The only person who wasn’t power hungry- a past advisor of your father as well. 
“I did,” San took out a letter from the folds of his dark kimono and you opened it, reading the contents and smiling in satisfaction.
“I knew the court of the Prince didn’t align with his views, but I didn’t realise they would be this eager to do something about it,” you looked at San. “I always knew Lord Jeong hated his job as a court member in Wonderland. This is… interesting.”
San sighed in relief. “I’m surprised he agreed, actually. I know he’s wiser than the rest of the members who seem to have nothing up here,” San tapped his head, “but I didn’t think he would agree so easily. If he gets caught, he will be executed.”
“And so will we,” you looked at San pointedly. “Lord Jeong must have realised that we’re risking a lot too. Some people… they are inherently good, San. Like you. Like Lord Jeong. They always side with justice, and there’s nothing just about what Wonderland and Eden are planning to do with the annexations.”
San nodded slowly at that. “Sometimes, I wonder what went wrong with the King. I thought he was a very respectable leader. I don’t understand when and why his hunger to grab more and more began.”
He had talked about it once with you. You shifted towards him, caressing his arm. “Were you ever… on friendly terms?”
“Not really, he’s always kept a distance from the court members, and I wouldn’t call what we had ‘friendship’,” he said, “But he still shares almost everything he plans with me. Yes, I’m his Right Hand, but he almost expects me to play along. Maybe he is testing me and will find out I’m doing something behind his back. Maybe he won’t because nothing has changed between us, really. I’m trying to act normal when I’m with him but everytime I see him with a smug face as he and the other court members disrespect the women in court or their wives… I want to scratch that smugness off his face.”
You chuckled at that. “You’re just too good for this world, San. And honestly it’s a goddamned miracle that I found you.”
San looked surprised to hear that and you laughed again. “What?”
“You talk as if you weren’t going to expose, maybe even overthrow the King all by yourself,” San leaned forward to peck your lips. “I don’t think my presence has changed much.”
“You have no idea how much your presence has changed things,” you wished he could look at himself from your eyes. “I’m pretty sure I would have done something horrible to the King- or myself- if I didn’t know you had my back.” 
San pursed his lips in thought as he watched you shuffle closer so you could hide your face in the crook of his neck. You breathed in his scent, memorising it before you drew away to look at him.
“Will you stick with me after all of this? No matter where I end up? You don’t have to say yes-”
“Of course I will,” San cupped your face in his hands, his heart aching at the way you sounded so small while asking that question. “There’s no place I’d rather be than with you. I intend to follow you wherever you go… if I have your permission.”
You took his hands away from your face, making his heart sink in fear, only for you to curl your fingers around them as you leaned forward settling yourself in his lap, his hands pinned to the couch and your lips inches away from his. You scanned his face, feeling some strange satisfaction to see his eyes wide and lips parted in surprise.
“Wherever I go?” You whispered, leaning in so your lips caressed his and then drawing away. “Don’t tell me you want me, Lord Choi.”
San scoffed- scoffed at that. “Didn’t I tell you? You’ll always be my queen.”
You recalled when San had told you that- the first time before he hugged you. You tightened your grip on his hands and locked your lips with his, his response eager. Your legs were on either side of him and you propped yourself a bit closer as you kissed him and he sighed when you rolled your hips on his lap experimentally.
“You do know what you’re doing, don’t you, Your Majesty?” San whispered as he broke apart, immediately trailing kisses down your neck- he had held on for too long. The nightgown you wore tonight didn’t cover much.
“Oh, this?” You rolled your hips again, feeling the telltale signs of a bulge even through layers of clothes. “I think I do, Lord Choi.”
“And you do know,” San sucked at your sweet spot, careful not to leave a mark on your neck and moving his lips elsewhere immediately. “You do know that I find it very hard to hold myself back when it comes to you, don’t you?”
“Who said I want you to hold back?” You drew your hands away, placing them on his shoulders now. “Maybe I don’t want you to hold back tonight.”
San stopped trailing kisses on your skin and looked up at you- oh, he wanted nothing more than to have you in every possible way, but you were the queen. He already thought he was crossing a lot of boundaries and sometimes found himself thinking if maybe you’d regret this someday-
“Do you want me, San?” You asked. “Please, be honest. Do you want me?”
“I thought you knew,” San’s brows furrowed in concentration as he scanned your face for any hints of hesitation. “I thought it was obvious how much I wanted you. But are you sure you won’t regret any of this-”
“I won’t,” you assured him, cupping his face. “I would be honoured to have you, Choi San.”
San laughed in shock and disbelief. “I should be the one saying that- you’re literally the queen of two kingdoms-”
“And who cares about that?” You interrupted, tucking his hair away from his face as you said, “I’m lucky to be here right now, with you. I feel like you deserve someone better, not a woman who’s already married and is a sorry excuse of a-”
“A contract marriage,” San’s grip on your waist tightened. “And even if everything else was okay, I’m lucky to be the man who makes you happy. And I’m sorry the King never did that for you.”
“I told you to stop apologising for the King,” you pouted. 
“Only when you stop thinking of yourself as unworthy,” San wasn’t having any of your excuses. “You’re worthy of love, and if I can make you happy… then I don’t need anything else. So I’ll ask again… do you want me? Despite everything? Despite what the future may hold?”
“I do,” you said, never so sure about anything until now. “I’ve wanted you for so, so long.”
San’s lip curved into a smirk at that. “Now… that’s new.”
“Really?” You rolled your hips for good measure again and this time, San’s hands started trailing down your legs. “I thought it was obvious.”
“I thought that was just how you were,” San leaned in to kiss your jaw. “I just didn’t think you only looked at me that way.”
“Pretty sure you never saw me looking at the King that way,” you muttered and he laughed, tracing patterns on your skin as he started baring your thighs. 
“Ah? And did you fantasise about being touched by me? Before everything?”
“Maybe I did,” you kissed his lips. “You’re kind of hot. It’s hard not to, especially when no one around you cares enough.”
“And do you fantasise about every other ‘hot’ person in your court?” San tsk-ed at that. “Did you have someone like this back home too?”
You laughed deeply at that, amused by the way San was leading the conversation, but you intended to make him sure by the end of the night that he was the only one for you. “Never. Never in my wildest dreams. And I’m not that dirty, Choi San. I didn’t fantasise about this- oh.”
Your words became lost when San trailed his hands up your thighs, spreading you more for him and then bringing his hands back down. He was teasing you. He always did before he touched you.
“So what exactly went on in your head when you saw me?” San had a shit-eating grin on his face and you were tempted to wipe it off with a kiss. 
“Oh, just how you seemed like a nice person,” you shrugged, grinning when he shook his head. “Come on, you know. If you hadn’t thought about me a little too, you wouldn’t be here right now.”
“I just thought you made a nice queen,” San shrugged just like you, tracing his hands back up. “Never did I think I would have the privilege to touch you.”
And then he traced a finger up your panties, finding them hot and wet, earning a gasp from you. “Already? I thought you-”
You didn’t let him finish as you smashed your lips against his and he immediately melted into the kiss, one hand trailing back to your waist while the other played around your thigh, more focused on making out with you. While your tongues battled for dominance, he took the chance and hooked his thumb in the waistband of your panties, bringing it down a bit. You weren’t even breaking apart for air, the kisses getting more passionate and when he finally slid one finger between the garment and over your wet folds, you gasped into the kiss.
“So wet for me,” he tsk-ed again. “Always so ready for me.”
“Shut up,” you told him, making him chuckle. You found it harder to keep yourself propped on his lap without sinking back and San seemed to understand, perhaps with the way your thighs trembled with every movement of his finger between your wet folds. He had done this once now, so he knew how submissive you were at times like this. He just liked the idea of making you wait until you were antsy enough before he finally slid his fingers inside you.
And right now… he needed to rile you up just a tad bit more. So foregoing any rationality, he muttered ‘you better be good at makeup’ before going right back to your neck and attacking it with kisses and nibbles and letting his fingers trace your clit, making you squirm within his grasp with the overload of sensations. Your hands gripped at his shoulders, working your hips along to his movements and when he finally dipped one finger inside of you, you sighed in relief, immediately riding his finger-
“Not so quick, Your Majesty,” he warned. You could swear his calling you with your title undid something in you- especially when in a position like this. You let him take control and he slid another finger inside you, his thumb on your clit drawing circles and relaxing you as he slowly paced his digits inside your walls. 
“That feel good?” He asked and you nodded, barely able to speak. You looked at him before sliding his kimono down his shoulders and then you ran your hands over his chest, gripping his shoulders before rolling your hips on his fingers.
“San, please,” you muttered against his lips, locking them with yours as if you could convince him to make you come with a kiss alone.
San broke apart, his eyes focused on your lips as his fingers changed their pace inside you and his thumb started rubbing your clit with more pressure. “Please what?”
“I’m so close,” you almost begged, your whines only fueling him. “You know what to do.”
He did. He pressed his thumb against your clit and curled his fingers inside you and you buried your face and your moans against his neck as you trembled all over, your hips bucking against his fingers.
But this time, San immediately pushed you back so you lay flat on the couch and instead of reaching for something to wipe you with, he looked at you.
“Can I clean you up, Your Majesty?”
“Oh, goodness, yes,” you sighed delightfully and he grinned, sliding your panties off you and immediately latching his lips to your core, the sensation alone making your back arch. San gripped your thighs though, effectively pinning you down and spreading you apart so he could have full access. And he wasn’t silent at all. The lewd sound of his tongue diving in and out of you, slurping in everything was driving you to yet another high. 
You ached to squeeze your thighs shut but his restraint was sure so you clenched at his hair, only making him go harder on you. His nose brushing against your already sensitive clit made you moan loudly into the pillow and you couldn’t even form two sentences to beg him to do something, anything. One look at his glistening lips and nose as he glanced at you and you were already almost there. All it took was him licking up a stripe and then sucking at your clit and you were shaking uncontrollably again as another wave of orgasm hit you, the most intense thing you had ever experienced. 
San eagerly helped you through it and when he wiped his face with his sleeves, you felt a fresh wave of arousal as he looked at you, his kimono hanging by his hips, his eyes hungry. And you may have asked him to let you please him too but he was already leaning in to kiss you and this time, he drove his tongue inside you on purpose, making you taste yourself on him.
“God, you’re amazing,” he breathed against your lips. 
“Shall we take this to bed?” You whispered and he nodded, about to get up but you pulled his hand. 
“Please take that thing off first,” you laughed, pointing at his clothes.
“Oh? What do you intend to do to me?” He smirked.
“I told you that I want you,” you said and his eyes darkened. He licked his lips in contemplation before he picked you up and you realised then how spent you were, yet so eager to have him where you wanted him the most.
He lay you down on the bed and took off his clothes, now in his sole piece of undergarment, leaving nothing to imagination. You stared shamelessly while catching your breath and he scoffed. “Can I take that off too?” 
“Oh?” You looked down at your nightgown. “By all means.”
You watched San draw closer to you, the glow of the candles by your bedside casting beautiful shadows on his face. He started unbuttoning your gown and you helped him to take it off. And just like always, San sucked in a breath at the sight of you as if this was his first time seeing you bare yourself to him- this time was different. You had never been this bare in front of him. He traced his hands along your curves, taking his time as he peppered kisses at random spots. All the while, your hands remained in his hair, caressing his head softly and you beckoned him to come closer so you could kiss him. 
As you moved your lips against his softly, his hand came to rest on your waist, the other guiding you along. You started shifting so he lay on his side and he brought you closer, making you rest one leg on top of him and you didn’t know if it was intentional but when your core met his bulge, now separated by only a single layer, you moaned into the kiss as you deepened it.
You let your hand travel down, making him grin into the kiss. You traced his toned muscles until you reached his abdomen. As he kissed you with more intensity, you palmed his length, finding him rock hard. You broke apart and looked at him for permission and when he subtly nodded, you looked down between your bodies and began to slide your hand under his clothes-
“Wait,” he breathed, taking off his underwear in a single motion, his hard length springing up in full glory, swollen and leaking. You licked your lips at the sight, watching him prop himself against the bed and bringing you on top of him, wedging his length between your folds so you could rock against him as he captured your lips once again. This time, you opened your mouth and his tongue dove right in, exploring your mouth while he rocked you against his length. You gasped when the head of his cock rubbed against your entrance and you simply couldn’t take it any longer.
“San,” you breathed, drawing his hair away from his flushed face. “Please.”
“Are you sure it’s safe?” He asked, wanting nothing more than to drive his cock inside you and wreck you.
“I… I’ve been taking contraceptives in case the King tried anything,” you admitted. His features contorted in anger and you shushed him, peppering kisses all over his face. “I want you to be the first.”
“The first?” He asked and you nodded again. He suspected it but now that he had a confirmation... “I shouldn’t-”
“You can, if you want to,” you told him, kissing his lips. “I wouldn’t want it to be anyone else. Only if you want to.”
“I want to, I want to so bad,” he shifted your positions, making you lay down on your back and it was like he suddenly found a new purpose. His demeanour changed and he started trailing kisses all over your body. “Just relax then. Tonight is all about you.”
You obeyed though you were pretty sure you sounded impatient. San fondled with your breasts, peppering kisses along them and then down to your stomach. He looked at you again, trying to spot any signs of hesitance but you looked so sure that he couldn’t help it. 
“Are you ready?” He asked and you nodded, bracing yourself when he rubbed his cock against your folds. He laughed a little at that, kissing your temple and whispering, “Relax and breathe.” Then he started sinking his cock inside you and you felt a little sting as he entered, slowly but surely. All the while, he cooed praises into your ears, caressing your waist and asking if you felt okay. He wasn’t sure how long he would last because you felt so tight against him, but he would hold on for you.
“How does it feel?”
“Full,” you laughed, finally relaxing when you felt him bottom out. He grinned at that. “I think you can move now.”
“You think?” He teased. “For someone who’s never done this before, you sure acted like a pro.”
“I may have read some fiction to entertain myself in this boring dungeon…” you admitted and he laughed. He rolled his hips experimentally and you sucked in a breath at the sensation, wondering how it could feel so good. Slowly, he set a pace comfortable enough for both of you while he kissed your sweet spot, sucking a mark into it.
“You might want to hide that in the morning,” he kissed the spot.
“Well, I’ve been hiding marks for far too long now,” you scoffed. “But how would you hide them if I gave you one?”
“I wouldn’t hide it,” San mumbled against your lips, pecking them. “I’d show it off proudly.”
You smacked his arm and he grinned, his gaze going hard as he slammed his cock inside you once, earning a loud moan. “You like that?”
“Yes,” you breathed. “Again. Harder.”
And just like that, something in San broke. He quickened his pace, making sure to hit that one spot every time he drove his cock inside you after almost sliding out. The sounds of your pants and your bodies slamming against each other filled the air now that your highs were approaching. The kisses got messier, and when his hand rested on your neck, your walls clenched, making him groan loudly. He held your face in one hand, pulling one leg up so he was unbelievably close to you as he slammed his cock inside again.
You could only call his name in warning as your walls clenched and you trembled like nothing before, the orgasm rushing through you and making you limbless, barely able to breathe. The sensation of your walls clenching and unclenching did it for him too, but just as he was about to slide out of you, you wrapped your legs around him and pushed him back inside, making him drop his body on yours as his own orgasm washed over him and you couldn’t have asked for anything more- the feeling of his warm cum coating your walls was enough to send you into heaven. He laughed in disbelief, burying his face in the crook of your neck, letting you rock your bodies together until you were satisfied. 
“You’re unbelievable,” he kissed your temple, loving the feeling of your bodies wrapped around each other. “You’re gonna be the death of me.”
You only smiled, pushing your intertwined limbs so you were half on top of him. “I’m gonna sleep just like this tonight.”
“I’ll bust a nut in a few minutes if you keep me like this,” San muttered and you laughed.
“I wouldn’t mind a second round.”
“Shh,” San smacked your arm playfully. “Let me clean you up. You don’t want the maids to find you in this state.”
“True,” you pouted. “But they will probably be able to smell the love in the air.”
“Try not to make it obvious,” he laughed and you decided to stay like that just a little longer.
 —---------------------------
The King finally came to your chamber after a week. You weren’t sure if he wanted to, more like he had to because it looked like he finally needed you again.
He apologised whenever he needed something from you, it had always been like this. You were just waiting for him to stop making small talk and get to the point.
He walked with his hands crossed behind his back, examining the living room, the maids long gone giving you two some privacy. You thought he looked funny walking like that- as if he was coming here for the first time. You put two sugars in his cup of tea as he preferred and when you started to stir it, he finally sat down in front of you.
“I went to town a couple of days ago and came across Lord Han. He inquired about your health.”
“And did he look okay?” You sipped your tea. “I remember he complained a lot about his joints the last time we met.”
“He seemed fine,” your husband responded, shrugging.
“And what about you? Your hand… is it okay?” You finally asked now that the small bandage was in your sight.
“Yeah, it was only a small cut, nothing much,” he coughed awkwardly. “I… I’m sorry for that night. I shouldn’t have gone so far.”
“You shouldn’t have,” you nodded. “You shouldn’t have begun. You know I don’t have much influence in Utopia. I only told the Prince the truth. You must have promised him Utopia’s support, isn’t that the case?”
When he didn’t respond, only clenching his jaw as if holding back a remark, you said softly, “If you had told me about the deal earlier, I would have tried to pull some strings. Now you’re halfway there and want to add Utopia in this deal because Eden and Wonderland are lacking funds. It’s clear as day that you’re only using them- and I’m not saying this as a Utopian. You’re smart- you clearly realise that too.”
“Well… can you do something now? I really don’t want to cancel this deal,” he sighed. 
“Do you ever wonder if you’re biting off more than you can chew? Not with Utopia… with Wonderland and all these plans about annexing islands that your family helped gain independence?” 
“They didn’t know any better,” the King wasn’t buying it. “When my grandfather made it happen, he didn’t realise that we were giving away the resources that once helped our kingdom become steady and stand on its feet.”
“But… despite how you have been with me as a husband,” you said and he raised a brow, “I still believe you’re a good ruler. You’ve always been fair, and this deal is anything but fair. I don’t know what else the Prince of Wonderland has promised you, but will you at least reconsider? Do you not care for the destruction that will ensue from this deal?”
For a second, for a good second, you thought his eyes softened and he actually reconsidered. And for that second, you were ready to redact your plan to destroy him. You would have forgiven him and asked for a divorce, plain and simple. But when his gaze hardened, you felt your heart shatter- he was beyond help.
And his words only proved it.
“Who’s backing you? Huh? Trying a new tactic to make me give in? Or have you already corresponded back home and plan to side against us?”
You shut your eyes as you exhaled deeply. “You know what? Fine. I’ll write a letter in front of you. In fact, you can write it yourself and send it to Utopia. No one is backing me. And I hope you find yourself in a situation where no one backs you either, and you get a taste of what that feels like,” you got up after nearly slamming the cup on the table. “Your parents, your grandparents… everything they worked for, you’ll be undoing it. They’ll be ashamed of you.”
Before the King could retort in any way, physical or verbal, you decided to leave the chamber itself- staying in here wouldn’t help you in any way. He would either spend the rest of the evening cursing you or trying to get you to bend and you couldn’t have that. You raised a hand in dismissal when a guard tried following you- a clear sign to be left alone. 
You descended the stairs, the maids and servants bowing when you crossed their path. You had never explored too much of the castle and you only knew the way to the halls and the kitchens. You walked without a direction in your head, wanting to get lost-
And a sharp turn later, you almost bumped into a figure, gentle hands bracing your figure, a touch that you recognised immediately-
“San,” you breathed and he scanned you in surprise. 
“Are you okay? What’s the matter?”
“I was just… taking a walk,” you looked back, nobody in sight. “Where are you headed?”
“I had an errand to run,” he waved the documents in his hands. “But what is the Queen really doing here?”
You sighed. “He was in my room and we had an argument. I stormed off.”
San looked around once before kissing your forehead. “Do you want some fresh air? Shall I accompany you to the gardens?”
“No,” you shook your head. “It’s best that we’re not seen together. I’ll go to the gardens myself, and… will I see you tonight?”
“If the King goes to his room, yes,” he promised, squeezing your shoulder in assurance. “Let me drop you off at least.”
You shrugged, following him as he briefed you about the latest court meeting the King attended. You found your maid in a corner with a few others and when she spotted you, she bowed before running to you.
“Good thing that I found you,” you smiled at her. “I got lost. Lord Choi was kind enough to guide me to the gardens.”
“Oh, that’s okay. I’ve been here for three years and I still get lost,” she admitted and San stifled a smile. “Shall I take you from here?”
“Yes, Lord Choi must be busy, let’s not bother the poor man,” you subtly winked at him and he bowed before leaving, his eyes holding promise of what he would do with you if he saw you at night. The excitement of that alone was enough to relax you and you followed your maid, listening to her as she talked about the new crocheting skill she learned from an elder.
When night time approached and San came to your room, you went straight to work. You were still locking the door of the chamber and it looked like the King hadn’t found out yet anyway. He never bothered coming anymore- and that was good. You didn’t want him either.
You first talked about the plan with San, going to your office and reading through the latest correspondence from Wonderland- the Prince had already deposited a large sum to the King. The King was still holding back on the blueprints of the weapons though, perhaps hoping to secure Utopia’s alliance first. At least he was smart enough to do that, you thought. Then San gave you another letter from Lord Jeong in Wonderland and you read it out loud.
“There’s a third party involved that your king does not know of yet- their oldest enemy. They have been offered what you offered to our nation but there has been no talk about what they will offer us in return. Foul play? Sounds like something your king should know,” you looked at San. “A third party?”
“Wonderland’s oldest enemy would be Halaland,” San thought for a moment. “So Lord Jeong is saying that Wonderland is offering to share the weapons blueprints that we’re providing them with. And whatever Halaland has promised Wonderland in return is a secret?”
“Foul play,” you recalled. “Maybe the army Wonderland is providing us with will ultimately take over Eden. Maybe Wonderland and Halaland will get to share what’s left of this kingdom by the time they’re done.”
San shook his head in disappointment. “The King… he does not realise what he’s gotten himself into. The Prince of Wonderland is really something to have brainwashed him this much.”
“You know,” you placed the letter on the table. “When the King came here in the afternoon, I gave him one final chance. I was willing to end this with a silent divorce if he was willing to reconsider his deal with Wonderland,” you sighed deeply. “He ended up wondering if I was being ‘backed’ by someone and was siding against him.”
“He doesn’t even deserve that chance,” San shook his head. “That could have ended badly, y/n.”
“I know,” you pursed your lips. “I’m not even disappointed anymore, I’m just… sad. It’s a shame that it had to end this way.”
“It really is,” San nodded. “But I can’t think of any other way we can save Eden. We can’t let him carry out this plan and destroy Eden just so he can feel accomplished. And maybe it’s the people around him that misguided him too- all those earls and dukes he hangs out with,” San tsk-ed. “He keeps asking my opinion on things. I think he wants to see if I really agree with him or if I’m just playing along.”
“So when we do this… we’ll have to testify against him in court. Provide evidence. I trust you’ve been taking care of that part?”
“I’m the keeper of all those documents,” San nodded. “Unless the King catches on to our plan, which is unlikely, I think we’re good. What about you?”
“I decided to go through the King’s office last night,” you told him, getting up and urging him to follow you. You opened the door to his office and turned on the lamp, steering towards the King’s table. “I found a hidden compartment in here,” you patted underneath the desk. “I thought you might be skilled enough to open it.”
San knelt down to inspect the lock. “It requires a key. I bet the King keeps it on him.”
“Well, do you know how to pick locks?” You asked and he said he could try. He looked around for some tool before his gaze fixated on your pinned hair and he grinned, pulling it out of your hair and bending down. You waited anxiously but when San shook his head, you pouted.
“It’s a good lock,” he said. “Might steal the key some day.”
“Don’t bother, I have plenty of other evidence,” you told him. “I was just curious what else he kept here.”
San nodded, tucking the chunk of hair that had escaped your tied hair and pinning it back, a faint smile on his lips as he trailed his fingers along the side of your face and rested it under your chin. “So… shall we start searching for allies in the court?”
“I think so,” you said, watching his eyes turn soft as they fell on your lips. “I could start with the people who sided with Utopia two decades ago.”
“Sounds like a plan,” San’s voice was low and he swiped a thumb across your lower lip. “The door is locked, yeah?”
“Yes,” you breathed, and San was immediately crashing his lips on yours, his arms keeping you tucked to his body and you responded with the same eagerness, fisting his shirt. His tongue prodded between your lips and you opened your mouth, kissing him back passionately while his tongue explored your mouth. You kissed for a while before you drew back for breath, laughing.
“What’s with the sudden change of mood?”
San smirked dangerously, picking you up and you squealed, instinctively wrapping your legs around him. He placed you on the King’s desk, hands on either side of you as he locked eyes with you, now matching your height.
“I’ve been planning to make a mess of his office,” San admitted, leaning in and you heard the sounds of the objects falling from the desk when he swiped his hand across to make space. “And now seems like a perfect time.”
Your mouth parted in surprise as a wave of arousal washed over you- taking you in the King’s office? “You’re insane.”
“Don’t tell me you haven’t fantasised about this,” San started trailing kisses along your neck. “Because I want to make love to you everywhere. I want to fuck you on the King’s desk, the King’s bed, his furniture, the walls of his chamber. And I want to paint your walls with my cum. Show him that this is what he gets for whatever he did to you. And I want to hear you scream my name. God, I wish he could hear that.”
You were pretty sure you almost came from his words alone. “San,” you pleaded, drawing him closer with uneven breaths. San kissed you deeply, joining his forehead with yours.
“I’m sometimes mad at him for treating you like this, but…” San scoffed. “I know it’s what brought us together. I can’t thank him for what he did, but god, I’m so glad that you are mine. I wish he loved you but I’m glad he didn’t, because now I can show you what it’s like to be loved. I love you.”
“I understand,” you told him, almost crying. You really did. “If I hadn’t married him… I wouldn’t have found you.” You pecked his lips. “And whatever happened, it’s sad but… I’m glad you came. I’m glad I found you, and I love you more than you can imagine.”
San kissed you again, this time sensually, just revelling in the feeling of how well your lips fit as if made for each other while his fingers untied your gown, making it slip away to your shoulders. While he kissed you, he ran his hands across your chest, fondling your breast and then he broke apart only to latch his mouth on one of your breasts while he caressed the other, eliciting a deep moan out of you. His lips travelled further down, trailing kisses along your stomach until he reached the waistband of your panties.
“Won’t you be a good girl and take them off for me?” He whispered against your core and you fought the urge to ride his face. You instead pushed him back with a pout, making him chuckle deeply. You shimmied your panties off, the cold air of the room making you clench your thighs together but San tsk-ed, pushing your legs apart to make room for him.
“So pretty,” he licked his lips at the sight of your soaking core, kissing your lips once before going straight for your clit and kissing it, making you groan. Then he swiped his tongue along your folds, lapping at your arousal hungrily and simultaneously inserting a finger inside you. All of the sensations were enough to make you squirm wildly, unable to do anything except clench the sides of the desk while your back arched at the feeling of his mouth on your core and his finger inside you. He prodded another finger inside, smirking at the face you made- bliss.
“So needy for me, aren’t you?” He scissored inside, preparing you for what was about to come. “What would the King think if he found his queen being fucked by his most loyal servant?”
“Not… not his queen,” you managed to say. “Only yours. Only your queen.”
San seemed to like that answer and he placed his free hand behind your neck to bring you to his lips, kissing you passionately and swallowing your moans as you finally got the chance to clench your thighs, rolling your hips while he pressed his thumb to your clit. Just when your walls clenched as an indication that you were about to come, San drew apart and pulled his fingers out of you, licking them clean and you shook your head at the sight. His gaze darkened and he cupped your chin, opening your mouth and inserting those very fingers in there, making you suck at them. 
“Like how you taste on me?” He asked, groaning at the sight of your glazed eyes. “You sure know how to use your mouth, Princess.”
“I want you,” you told him as you unbuttoned his shirt, going for his pants but he shook his head.
“Not now,” he took them off himself. “I want to fuck you raw right here, right now.”
You scoffed and spread your thighs for him and he swiped his hard length along your folds, lubricating them before entering slowly, stretching you out. Once he was fully inside you, he thrusted inside once, swallowing your loud moan with a kiss. Soon, he set at a steady pace, making you more and more desperate with each thrust.
“San, I’m so close,” you told him. 
“So am I,” he groaned, his grip on your hips harsh enough to leave marks. You were balancing yourself with your arms around his neck and it looked like he had an idea- he unwrapped your arms and made you lay down on the desk and when you put your legs on his shoulders, he grinned in satisfaction.
“Feel that?” He thrusted inside you with all his might and you put a hand over your mouth to stifle the unholy sound of pleasure that would have left you. “So fucking tight, and so fucking full.”
You couldn’t even respond- you were seeing stars, and you had never felt this pleasured, this wanted before. San pressed kisses on your leg as he continued thrusting inside you, your moans mixing with each other, his hands on your waist keeping you close to him. 
“Come for me, my queen,” he groaned and your walls fluttered around him. “Come for me.”
This time, you didn’t hold back your moans as your walls clenched and you squirmed under him and he came right with you, the feeling of his warm cum heightening your orgasm. You whimpered almost pathetically as he continued thrusting, fucking his cum inside you before sliding out, watching your pussy leaking on the King’s desk.
“What a sight,” he caressed your legs, drawing them down so he could lean forward and kiss you gently. “I could do this forever, y/n, fuck,” he breathed against your lips. “I love you so much.”
“Me too,” you said, barely able to breathe. “I love you.” You pecked his cheek before resting your head back on the desk, trying to calm down. “San, you’ll… you’ll stay with me, right? After all of this? Where do you want to go? What do you want to do?”
“Slow down, love,” San chuckled, grabbing some tissues and cleaning you up, tossing them in the bin and deciding to take you to bed first, muttering that cleaning could wait. He laid you down and settled next to you, drawing the covers over you both and you scooted closer, resting your head on his arm.
“I should ask you- what do you want to do after this is over? WIll you go back to your home?”
You bit your lips- you would have wanted to go home but things had changed now. Perhaps, San could hear your answer in your silence. He kissed your forehead. “You can tell me, y/n. I’ll go with you wherever you want.”
“That’s not fair,” you pouted. “You must have something you want to do if you’re not the King’s Right Hand anymore. You must have thought about how you wanted to settle down.”
“But things are different now, aren’t they?” He said, his voice almost a whisper. “Now, I’ll follow you to the edge of the earth.”
You laughed in disbelief at that, overwhelmed by his confession. “Let’s chase each other then. Wherever we go.”
—------------------------------
The next few days passed by in a blur- it was mostly you planning and corresponding with your ‘friends’ around the continent- Utopia’s spies might be a better term for some of them. You received confirmation that there was indeed a deal going around between Wonderland and Halaland and since Halaland was a well-established nation, you couldn’t think of anything else it would want except to expand its kingdom. 
You and San barely had time to do anything other than exchange information and let your next moves play out. Your goal was to earn the favour of the King’s court before Lord Jeong in Wonderland would land the killing blow on the Prince. The Prince’s plans were soon going to become public and when the King would be wondering if they were just rumours or if they held any truth to them, that was when you were going to submit evidence against the King in the court. You were just waiting for Lord Jeong to arrive here with the physical evidence of weapons dealings between Wonderland and Halaland.
Though there was a lot going on, the King started making visits to your chamber more often. It was probably because he wanted to earn your favour and get Utopia to fund Eden. You wanted to tell him that getting Utopia’s funds would end with Eden’s downfall but he was entertaining none of your doubts, so you let him be. You let him yell at you whenever he wanted, you let him chat with you when he felt like it. You even let him caress your cheek and peck your lips, though it disgusted you now. The King knew that you wouldn’t give in so he was resorting to being physically affectionate with you. To make you think that he wasn’t the same man who would lose his mind and hurt you. 
And maybe, if it weren’t for San showing you what it felt like to be loved, you would have caved in. If you hadn’t experienced love in its best form, you would have been starved for affection and thought that the King was really changing for good- but not now. Your thoughts had never been clearer.
Between all of this, you couldn’t stop worrying about the future. If your plan succeeded and the King divorced you… where would you go? Back to Utopia only to get wed to another man? You loved your home, yes, but it was cruel. Your parents wouldn’t let you stay unmarried for the rest of your life- you could already imagine how appalled they would be when you get divorced. Their scrutinising gazes… you could already feel them on your back.
As for Eden… you worried about its future. The court of the King was thirsty for power, and you sometimes worried if the people who knew of the deal with Wonderland supported him for the purpose of his eventual downfall so they could seat themselves on his throne. You decided to start looking into the King’s bloodline- he must have some relatives around. You were Utopian and you could not rule this kingdom.
With all of these thoughts plaguing your mind, when the knock sounded and your maids announced the arrival of Lord Kang, you straightened and welcomed him inside. After a bow, he settled in front of you.
“How has your family been?” You asked as a greeting. “I haven’t seen your sister in a while.”
“I told her to stay away from royal affairs,” he chuckled, a fondness in his eyes. “I think she enjoyed your anniversary party a bit too much- my apologies if she said or did something-”
“Not at all,” you laughed. “She makes quite pleasant company, you can tell her that.”
Lord Kang smiled and you offered him tea. After a sip, he finally asked. “Why did you request my presence today, Your Majesty?”
“Well, I wanted to discuss a few things with you,” you began. “I understand that you’re close with the King- you’re one of his trusted advisors.”
“That I am.”
“Then you must know about the deal we have going on with Wonderland,” you said and he nodded, curious to hear where this was going. “What do you think about the deal?”
“You want my opinion?” He asked and you nodded. He cleared his throat. “I think it’s a good deal but we lack funds-”
“Lord Kang,” you interrupted and he looked cautiously at you. “I was also a royal advisor until a year ago when I got married. You and I both know this deal isn’t as good as the King thinks it is, don’t we?”
When Lord Kang didn’t respond, you decided to give him another moment while you sipped your tea. “From what I’ve seen in the court, your decisions are always in the favour of Eden as a kingdom, not Eden as the King’s playground. Sometimes you offer opposing arguments to the King, which is why he trusts you- you make him see things from a different perspective. I want your perspective on this deal- not the King’s advisor, but simply Lord Kang.”
A faint smile crawled on his lips and he shook his head. “You want me to be honest with you?”
“Absolutely,” you glanced at him. “I hope that is not a problem.”
“I’d rather know what you think about the deal first, Your Majesty,” he relaxed back, folding his arms. “My answer could change depending on your answer.”
You scoffed but you could understand- he probably thought this was the King testing him out or something. Of course he didn’t know just what sort of a relationship you and the King had- and why would the Queen ever want the advice of her husband’s trusted man on this matter without the King’s knowledge? The King was out in town today so you had carefully chosen the time too.
“Are you aware of the deal between Wonderland and Halaland?”
“Wonderland and Halaland?” He frowned. “I am not aware.”
“Well, they do have something going on. And one might think- with the deal with Eden, why would Wonderland want to be involved with Halaland? It’s not a secret that Eden and Halaland hate each other.”
Lord Kang fell silent for a few minutes but then he sighed. “I’m not sure what we have going on with Wonderland is good either. We’re known for our armoury but to give that to Wonderland? Alright, if we get something good enough in return- but the annexation of the few islands that just gained independence from us not so long ago? Eden will be called a traitor nation, and this is not what the King’s parents and grandparents worked for.”
“My point exactly,” you nodded. “If it was, I don’t know, better trade? Opening a route? I would have agreed to the deal with all my heart. If it benefitted Eden, I would have no problem with it, but I’m not sure the current deal benefits Eden. And the King is demanding funds from Utopia, but Utopia won’t give in- Utopia and Wonderland have a history, as you know.”
“I’m aware.”
“The King thinks I can influence Utopia, but I cannot. I am the youngest of four which means even as the Queen of Eden, my position won’t influence my family.”
“You must be in a spot then,” Lord Kang cocked his head, trying to figure you out. “The King can only ask you for funds.”
“I am, and the King may be my husband, but if this deal goes on, what do you think Wonderland will do with the funds we give them? Help Eden annex the islands, and then?”
“Demand a share,” Lord Kang said and you nodded. “And Halaland…?”
“Wonderland is providing Eden with an army and demanding Utopia help them fund that army. What could Halaland want from Wonderland, Lord Kang? What is the one thing Halaland is lacking at?”
“A good armoury,” Lord Kang started connecting the dots. “You’re saying Wonderland will give our weapons blueprints to Halaland? For what?”
“For what?” You retorted. “You tell me, Lord Kang.”
Realisation dawned on his face and he frowned. “Your Majesty… are you sure? Where did you hear that?”
“I have some evidence, and some more arrives soon, but I hope this is enough,” you passed the register that had been lying on the table to Lord Kang for him to inspect it. While he scrolled through the entries and made sure the stamp on it seemed real, you finished your tea, feeling satisfied. 
“Halaland is funding Wonderland. And it can only be for one reason- the army they will insert inside Eden will not only annex the islands, but make Eden submit to the two. Eden will be no more. The King refuses to see it,” you told him. “And the annexation of the islands alone is enough to get him tried in the court, isn’t that right? It violates a bunch of international laws. And if you knew about this annexation, Lord Kang, just why were you playing along with the King?”
Lord Kang sighed deeply. “The King… he only let me and Lord Jung know a few days ago, and he ordered us to carry on with his plans. There is obviously a hanging threat on our heads that he hasn’t said out loud yet, but we know that we have to tread cautiously. We don’t know who’s the enemy or who is the ally anymore. We’re confused, if you can’t tell already,” he sighed in defeat and you pursed your lips.
“Look, I have no ulterior motive today. I have tried every possible method to get the King to listen to me and see that this deal will get not only him but his kingdom destroyed, but he has also tried every possible means to make me bend to his will, and I’m not sure I can win without your support. The only thing I will get from this is a divorce, which I’ve wanted for quite some time now.”
Lord Kang frowned in confusion. “To make you bend to his will?”
You hadn’t planned this, but you figured someone should know. You rolled your sleeves a bit to show him the ugly blue bruise and scratch the King had left on you not too long ago. Lord Kang paled at the sight.
“I know your sister is quite a fan of the King,” you chuckled, “but men… men can be scary. Power is not meant for every man. Not a lot of them can handle it, and when they can’t… they resort to such means.”
“I… I don’t know what to say.”
“You don’t have to say anything,” you told him. “Just know that I would have demanded a divorce anyway. This deal is providing me the opportunity to save Eden- and I don’t hate Eden- the people of Eden have always been nice to me. I hate the King. Believe me, I tried to make him see sense. But my job now is done, and I will be submitting all this evidence against the King and the Prince of Wonderland in the court. Would you like to be my ally in all of this, or would you rather see your kingdom fall?”
“I think you already know the answer,” he rubbed his face. “What should I do?”
You smiled at him. “I need more allies- only people you trust. Lord Choi… he is our ally too. Please work with him and get anyone who is good at heart at your side. The rest will be tried in the court along with the King. And the Prince of Wonderland… his days are numbered. You should know that. You have a week, and you all can try convincing the King if you can. In fact, it would be better if the King redacts from the plan, but please don’t let him get a wisp of the fact that I’m involved in all of this.”
“Of course, Your Majesty,” Lord Kang put a hand on his heart. “I understand. And I admire your devotion to the kingdom that has failed you-”
“The kingdom didn’t fail me,” you smiled sadly. “Its ruler did. One week to decide his fate, Lord Kang. Save him if you can- it’s the last act of mercy I will allow him before I get what is owed to me.”
—-------------------------
You never thought this day would come- the bright lights in the Great Hall were making your head throb. The noise around you from the audience was deafening and the pounding of the gavel was synchronising with your heartbeat as you stared at the man who had ruined your life.
The King of Eden, now in the court facing you. 
He wasn’t surprised anymore. The surprise had worn off a few days ago when he learnt about the evidence you had submitted against him in the royal court, when he tried confronting you- but you now had the protection of his own court, which was a slap on his face. He had taken one look around the room and found most of his trusted advisors and his Right Hand around you. And he had lost it.
He had absolutely lost it, and his advisors finally saw him as the man he was and not the King. They watched him yell at you and pick up a vase to throw at you, which was when a few of them restrained him and accompanied him to his chambers with the guards while Lord Kang sighed in disappointment, sharing a look with San and agreeing that it was no longer safe for you to stay in the castle- the accusations the King had spewed accompanied with the threats were enough to cause worry. So Lord Kang arranged a place for you- he was kind enough to offer you a room in his own house, and his sister was elated to be near you anyway, though quite disappointed about how things had turned out. 
“The Queen may now speak. Silence must be observed while the situation is explained.”
You nodded at the judge. It was the final day of the court hearing and only your statement remained. The court members who had allied with you had given their statements- that included the King’s Right Hand San as well. Perhaps, his ‘betrayal’ hurt the King more than yours. After all… he was once his friend.
You recalled the events of last night. Though San and you had agreed not to meet up unless absolutely necessary, San had found you in Lord Kang’s gardens after his session in the court. You took one look at his face and knew that he was hurting, so you called him in your room there, finally sharing some privacy-
And San hugged you immediately, melting in your arms, almost losing balance. Your heart clenched and you sank down with him, letting him sort his thoughts out in your arms while you caressed his hair. When he finally drew apart, you caressed his face.
“I know how hard it was for you,” you told him. “And I’m sorry I put you through this.”
“No,” San shook his head. “It’s for the better. I did it for him too- for our kingdom. Maybe one day… he’ll return a better man and a better ruler.”
“Maybe,” you smiled, pecking his lips. “I’m so proud of you.”
San chuckled at that, shaking his head and muttering something about how the roles shifted. 
You could understand exactly how he must have felt now that you were facing the King. 
“Your honour… I’m not sure if it’s exactly the King’s fault for believing that the Prince of Wonderland could be trusted. But you are aware from all the hearings of our court during the past couple of weeks that the only crime the King has committed is almost selling off our kingdom unknowingly, with the greed of wanting to annex our bordering islands. Sharing top secret information about the weapons without the consent of the Minister of Defence- yes, the King has the final say but the Minister of Defence’s consent is necessary to avoid situations like the one that has now unfolded. And the fact that those blueprints would have ultimately been in Halaland’s hands?”
The room echoed agreements and the King looked down. You continued. “The King was not aware of the deal between Wonderland and Halaland. I can vouch for that. However… the King is responsible for violating the international code of weapons and armoury and the code of unlawful and illegal annexation. Since the damage is still minimal, I hope his sentence can be accordingly. However…”
The judge looked at you expectantly and you waited for the King to lock his gaze with yours, looking partly sorry and partly grateful that you weren’t exaggerating anything, you took a deep breath.
“Since everyone is present here, I would officially like to announce my demand for a divorce and stepping down as the Queen of Eden. I hope the matter of my divorce can be cleared before the King steps down from his position as well.”
The King sighed deeply at that, about to say something but then he stopped. Perhaps, he finally realised that nothing he said now could make it up to you. He had tried everything- he had also tried influencing the court but since you had witnesses now- San, Lord Kang and the maid who used to play chess with you- the judge had warned the King in the previous session to stop trying to threaten or bribe the court. The King had lost.
“I understand,” the judge pounded the gavel again and announced a break while they made the final decisions. You looked at the King- as your husband- for perhaps the last time.
You had demanded a divorce the day he burst into your chamber with the whole court present. The documents only needed his signature but he refused to comply out of spite, so you decided a public announcement would humble him- these judges were also handling the procedure of your divorce with this case because they had learnt how everything was connected- and how Utopia was meant to be a tool that Eden would provide with its own hands to the nations that would end her.
It did. You could see he looked weary now. Lord Kang and Lord Jeong stepped in and helped you out of the room to another hall nearby while you waited for the judges’ decision. Meanwhile, San, who was still the King’s Right Hand, was probably consoling the King. Or giving him a piece of his mind. You hoped it was both.
“How are you holding up?” Lord Kang asked, signalling the maids to get you something to drink.
You took a shaky breath. “Not the best. I don’t know what’s going to happen. Lord Jeong… you’re good, right? You still have a day in case you’re getting cold feet.”
Lord Jeong scoffed, shaking his head. “I still think it’s too much- just because I’m related to the King very distantly does not mean I’m fit for the throne.”
“Exactly,” Lord Kang quipped in. “But that’s not the reason we recommended you as the new king of Eden, though it was part of it.”
Lord Jeong shivered involuntarily and you grinned despite yourself. “You’ll make a good king. I feel it in my heart.”
He passed you an affectionate look. “Worry about yourself right now, dear.”
Lord Kang snorted at that and that sparked bickering between the three of you until one of the guards knocked to tell you that the court was ready to announce their decisions. You took a deep breath, the others mirroring your movement and the three of you shared a look before going to the court.
Everything was going to change from this moment.
And everything did change.
—------------------------
“Wooyoung, where did you put my speech?” You asked, checking all the drawers in the desk again. You recalled seeing him copying some bits from your speech, which earned him a smack from Yeosang, but he wasn’t bothered enough. You all knew he wasn’t going to read from a piece of paper anyway, he would simply improvise.
“Lord Jung Wooyoung,” you called in a warning tone which finally made him stop laughing at the very nervous, soon to be crowned Lord Jeong, who was pacing in front of the fireplace trying to play the events that would unfold tonight in his head, while the maid tried to get him to wear a jacket. The maid looked at you for help and you signalled her to settle down for now- no one could calm a nervous Lord Jeong.
“Ah, it must be somewhere around here,” he said dismissively, pointing at the very desk you had been searching for a solid five minutes now. You sent a glare in his direction before spotting a page on the floor near the couch where he had previously been sitting. You sighed, placing your speech back on the desk and skimming through it again.
“I know you’re both going to end up improvising anyway,” Yeosang said, “so why bother now? Stop trying to memorise it.”
“Honestly, you should be the one memorising it right now,” Wooyoung looked at him pointedly. “You always forget what you’re about to say.”
You stifled a snort at that, going towards your maid who sat helplessly with the jacket. You took it from her and patted her shoulder. “It’s okay, you’ve done enough.”
“I don’t want to be his maid when he becomes the King,” she pouted. “I want to continue working for you. I bet he’s not as good at chess as you are.”
“Oh, he’s better,” you laughed, glancing at the tall man now biting his nails while he stared at the fire. “Can you get Lord Choi? He must be in the Great Hall worrying just like him. And then you can get ready too. Remember to bring the flowers, okay?”
The maid got up, glad to be relieved of her duties and you joined Lord Jeong by the fireplace. “We still have some time before the coronation begins, so why don’t you sit down and relax a bit?”
“I’m still wondering if this is a good decision,” he admitted, running a hand through his dark locks. 
“Well…” you took a deep breath. “I’ve been monitoring you for the past three months, Yunho. I’d say you’re pretty good at what you do. If I had any doubts about you before… they’re gone now.”
“Really?” He asked, a smile growing on his lips as he looked at you. 
“Really,” you nodded, smiling back. You knew that Jeong Yunho may be good at what he did but he needed affirmation, especially from you. He was hell bent on the idea that you could keep being the Queen of Eden and he could be your royal advisor or something instead, but you made him switch the roles. You did not wish to be the Queen anymore- it wasn’t your place to be, though no one around you opposed the idea when he first presented it. So whenever you told Yunho that he made a great king, he took your word seriously. “It’s a big day today. Get some rest, please. We don’t want you fumbling in the Great Hall in front of hundreds of people, okay?”
“Geez, thanks,” Yunho shook his head, letting you help him with his jacket. You straightened the collars and patted his shoulder, glancing at your right to see San leaning against the wall and watching you two with a smile.
“Is she bothering you, Yunho? Should I see her out?”
“I’d rather you see him out,” he pointed at Wooyoung who was eating peanuts, throwing the shells at a very annoyed Yeosang who was throwing them back.
“Kids, both of them,” you laughed. Sometimes, you wondered why you ever thought they were serious individuals. Perhaps, now that you were close and comfortable enough with each other to skip the titles, you saw them in a new light now. 
Except now you used your titles to mock each other.
“Rich coming from you, Princess,” Wooyoung said. “I saw you trying to blow the seeds of the oranges and make them land in the bin. Must say, I’m impressed with your aim.”
You may have been ashamed some other day, but not now. “That’s what years of practice does. My aim is better than yours though- you really can’t land one shell on Yeosang.”
“Yes,” Yeosang agreed. “I’m better. Watch-” 
He flicked a shell that landed straight in the middle of Wooyoung’s head where he parted his hair, making him shut his eyes in annoyance as everyone laughed. San nudged your hand and you looked at him- he pointed towards the room. You were still living here even after getting divorced because Yunho insisted that you stay at least until the coronation and help him prepare in the meanwhile. You let San take you there and he squeezed your hand after shutting the door.
“How are you feeling?”
“Like the weight on my shoulder is getting lighter,” you laughed. “They all still treat me like I’m the Queen. Yeosang still calls me ‘Your Majesty’. I can’t wait until they start calling Yunho ‘Your Highness’.”
San laughed at that, kissing your temple. “Well, you’ll always be our queen. In our hearts.”
“Wait till the future queen hears about this,” you scoffed. “What about you? I bet you didn’t think you’d watch two coronations happen at this age.”
“Ah, that’s what I wanted to talk about,” San pulled out a letter from the pocket of his jacket. “The King- I should really stop calling him that, but he sent a letter. You should give it a read.”
“Oh?” You took the letter, wondering what its contents were. San made you sit down, assuring you that it was okay. You opened the letter and gave it a read.
My old friend San,
I hope you’re doing well. The weather here is nice, and I miss my parents. I think it is why I always avoided coming here, because this is where they were happy, and this is where I would miss them. Maybe I should have come here before I lost my path. I found my father’s journals and I’ve been reading them. After all the reading I’ve done in the past three months, I have realised that I have failed my parents, and y/n… she has made them proud by saving the kingdom that my parents worked so hard to protect. The kingdom my grandparents fought for, so we could live freely. If my mother was alive today, she would have liked y/n very much. If my father was alive today, he might have given her a position in his own court. I wronged her, I always knew that. I don’t know where the violence came from- my parents did not raise me like this. I understand that you are ashamed of me, like so many others, but I hope you can find it in your heart to forgive me one day. I hope she can forgive me one day too. I heard she won’t take the crown. I wish she would have, but if she insists cousin Jeong is a good choice… then I’ll agree with her. In my room, in my desk there is a secret compartment, the key to which I kept hidden in the bookshelf in y/n’s office between my favourite books- she will know which ones. You will find the tie that I wore to the coronation, that my ancestors wore, that I would like cousin Jeong to wear now. It is blue like the colour of Eden. 
I think I like it here. I might spend longer than my sentence of ten years. I would like it very much if you could visit me one day. Take care of yourself, and… take care of her. I know you will.
“Wow,” you breathed, turning the letter but finding it ending abruptly just like that with his signature in the bottom. “I… I don’t know what to say.”
“That’s okay,” San took your hand in his, caressing it. “You don’t have to do anything.”
“It’s just that… I understand, I really do. But he sounds the same,” you looked at San. “He had his good days, and he sounded like this. I don’t know if he was having a good day or if he’s actually remorseful.”
“I don’t know either, but…” San cocked his head in thought. “If he’s actually feeling remorseful, this is a good first step.”
You nodded, staring at the letter. San gently took it away and tucked it back in his pocket, locking his eyes with yours and making sure you were okay before gently kissing you. You kissed him back, glad he was here with you right now. He drew back and smiled.
“Shall we go and crown the new king then? You and I, his Right Hand and Royal Advisor? You still have time if you want to change your position.”
“Nah, I’m good,” you looked around. “As much as I hated this room, this place… I have grown to love it. I don’t want to go back home and be a princess. I want to stay here with you, with everyone. Here, I’m just the King’s royal advisor. And the King won’t care if I’m Utopian.”
“You know, maybe he does,” Wooyoung butted in, entering the room without permission and you stifled the urge to roll your eyes. “He’s from Wonderland, he must hate you. Oh! Or better yet, the two of you might be planning to overthrow him, right? Come on, you can count me in-”
Yunho bumped his shoulder purposely with Wooyoung, making him almost fall on his face and you snorted. “Does my hair look better like this, or-” he parted his hair to the side messily. “Like this?”
You heard the sound of Yeosang laughing to himself and Wooyoung watched Yunho in disbelief. “Nah. He’s not fit to be the king. Princess… please continue to be the queen, please, Your Majesty-”
“Shut up, Wooyoung,” San warned, trying his best to not burst out laughing. You patted his shoulder, getting up and ignoring everyone, going to your office and scanning through the books until you found the astronomy one, wedged between politics and philosophy. You wedged your hand between astronomy and philosophy and felt the cold metal. Satisfied, you got the key out and exited the room to go to the King’s office, unlocking the compartment and finding the blue tie with the King’s wedding band that he had left behind. The one he never wore except on occasions. As if he wanted no physical evidence that he was bound to you.
You took the tie and went back to your room, finding all three of them styling a flustered Yunho’s hair. A knock sounded and your maid entered, saying that it was time for you all to enter the Hall. You shooed the boys away and helped Yunho with the tie, telling him its history and approving his hair. Yeosang and Wooyoung started to push Yunho out of the room and you looked in the mirror- no signs of distress or sadness on your face for once. 
San stood behind you, admiring your flowing blue gown in the mirror, and without warning, pulled the hairpin out of your hair, letting half the curls fall down with your front pinned back. You gasped, “It took the maid 2 hours, Choi San!”
“I like your hair better this way,” he muttered in a low voice laced with innuendo. “I like your hair messy.”
“Shut up,” you muttered, pushing him away with a grin and touching your lipstick again. “Don’t kiss me for the rest of the night.”
“And when the night is over?”
“Then, and only then,” you turned to him, running your finger down his chest. “You can ruin my lipstick then.”
San bowed as if it was an order and arm in arm, you exited your chamber, ready to remove your title of ‘queen’ once and for all. You didn’t need it anymore. You were only a princess now, and your knight was the only person you would ever need.
1K notes · View notes
pucksandpower · 7 months
Text
Ice Queen: Fire Meets Ice
Max Verstappen x Räikkönen!Reader
Summary: how you and Max went from playing together in the paddock while your fathers raced to being the ones racing
Series Masterlist
Tumblr media
First Meetings
“Who’s that, Papa?” You ask, pointing to a slightly older boy playing with toy cars a few feet away.
“That’s Max,” Kimi replies, glancing down at you with an amused expression. “Wanna go play?”
You consider it for a moment, your two-year-old face taking on a comically serious expression. “Will he share his cars?”
Your father chuckles, “Only one way to find out.”
As you toddle over, Max looks up, his blue eyes curious. “Hi. I’m Max.”
You stare at him, sizing him up with all the intensity a two-year-old can muster. “I want that one,” you declare, pointing to a red toy car.
Max raises an eyebrow, a hint of a challenge in his gaze. “That’s my favorite.”
You mimic the same deadpan expression you've seen Kimi wear countless times. “Mine now.”
Max seems taken aback for a second but then bursts out laughing. “Okay, okay! We can share.”
For the rest of the day, the two of you are inseparable. Racing toy cars, building makeshift tracks, and causing minor chaos in the paddock.
At one point, you both decide to “race.” Max, being older, naturally has the advantage but that doesn’t deter you. You’re determined to keep up.
“Papa says I’m fast,” you tell Max confidently as you both line up for the big race.
Max smirks, “My vader says I’m faster.”
You frown, looking genuinely offended. “No way.”
The two of you race, or more accurately, engage in a hilarious toddler trot. It’s less about speed and more about who can go the longest without tripping over their own feet.
As the day draws to an end, Max’s father approaches. He doesn’t seem as warm as your father but he nods in acknowledgment, “Looks like you two got on well.”
Kimi ruffles your hair, looking down at you with a smirk, “She has a way with people.”
You and Max exchange a final high-five, both of you making a pact to race again someday but next time in real cars.
“Pwomise?” You ask Max, holding out your pinky.
He nods solemnly, linking his pinky with yours. “Promise.”
As you leave the paddock, your father leans down, “I think you’ve made a friend for life there.”
You nod, clutching one of the toy cars Max let you keep. “He’s alwight. But I’m still faster.”
Kimi chuckles, lifting you into his arms. “No doubt about it.”
Until We Meet Again
“Papa,” you begin, tugging at Kimi’s leg, “why is Max packing all his cars?”
Kimi crouches down to your level. “His papa is leaving F1, so they won’t be around next season.”
You frown, not fully understanding the implications but sensing the seriousness of the situation. “But ... I want to play with Max.”
The boy in question walks over, his toy cars clutched tightly in his hand. “It’s not fair,” he says, stomping his foot with a little scowl.
Your lip starts to wobble. “Very not fair.”
Max’s shoulders slump. “I’m going to miss this. And ... and I guess I’ll miss you.”
“You’re leaving? Like ... fowever?”
He nods, looking down. “Yeah. But we can still be friends, right?”
You think it over for a moment then smile, a plan forming in your mind. “We can write letters!”
Max seems to consider this. “That sounds cool. Let’s do it!”
The two of you spend the rest of the day drawing letters to each other seated on the rough tarmac, complete with scribbles and doodles. The content might be indecipherable to any adult but to you and Max, they’re precious messages.
As the final race of the season ends, and it’s time for Max and Jos to leave, you give Max a tight hug, your small arms wrapping around him. “Don’t forget, okay? Letters!”
He hugs you back. “I promise.”
You watch as they walk away, Max turning back every few steps to wave. Kimi, sensing your sadness, lifts you into his arms. “You okay?”
You nod, clutching the red toy car — Max’s favorite — that he gave you as a parting gift. “I’ll miss him, Papa.”
Your father presses a kiss to your forehead. “I know. But hey, you have a pen pal now.”
You giggle, the idea bringing some comfort. “Yeah. And when we’re older, we’ll race together!”
Kimi chuckles, “No doubt about it.”
Reunited and It Feels So Good
“Who’s that guy over there?” You ask, pointing to a young driver in a Toro Rosso race suit chatting with his team.
Your father squints in the direction you’re pointing and smirks. “That’s Max Verstappen.”
You blink in surprise, studying the taller figure with a more chiseled face. “Max? As in my Max?”
Kimi nods, eyes crinkling in amusement. “One and the same.”
“He’s … changed. I mean, he kind of looks like Sid the Sloth from that Ice Age movie.”
Your father chokes on his drink. “You always did have a way with words.”
Without any hesitation, you start walking over to Max, Kimi trailing behind. As you approach, Max looks up and for a moment, there’s no recognition in his eyes. But then something clicks.
“Is that ...” His eyes get even wider.
You smirk and cross your arms. “Last time I checked, Sid the Sloth wasn’t a Formula 1 driver.”
Max bursts out laughing, the sound echoing around the garage. “You haven’t changed a bit!”
You raise an eyebrow, “Can’t say the same for you. You used to be so cute. What happened?”
He grins, a hint of the mischievous boy you used to play with still shining through. “It’s good to see you again. Been too long.”
Your father walks up, throwing an arm around your shoulder, “She’s just here to make sure I don’t slack off.”
Max chuckles and shoots a wink, “Knowing you, I’m sure she has her work cut out for her.”
You nod sagely, “Full-time job, really.”
As the day winds down after free practice, Max finds you outside the Ferrari motorhome. “We should hang out more. Catch up properly.”
You tap your chin exaggeratingly, “Hmm ... I guess I could spare some time for an old friend.”
Max nudges you playfully, “It’s like Kimi copy and pasted his personality to make you.”
“Someone’s got to keep you on your toes.”
With a promise to meet up soon, the two of you part ways but not before your father adds, “Stay out of trouble, you two.”
You and Max exchange amused looks. “No promises.”
A Nudge in the Right Direction
“Remind why exactly we are watching an F2 race again?” Christian Horner asks, adjusting his sunglasses as he tries to blend into the crowd.
Max grins sheepishly, “Just thought it would be fun to watch some up-and-coming talent, you know? Besides, there’s someone racing today you might find ... interesting.”
Franz Tost, who has also been “accidentally” dragged along, narrows his eyes, “This isn’t one of your schemes, is it?”
Max looks offended, “Me? Scheme? Never.”
Christian chuckles, “Alright, Max. Who are we looking at?”
Max points to a car getting ready on the front row. “That one. Trust me.”
As the feature race begins, it’s clear who Max is talking about. Your driving style stands out with precision, aggression, and an undeniable talent reminiscent of a certain Finn of few words.
“Hmm,” Christian murmurs, watching intently as you expertly navigate the track. “Who is that?”
Max smirks, “Someone who’s used to the world of F1, thanks to her father.”
Franz raises an eyebrow, “Kimi’s daughter?”
Max nods, “Impressive, right?”
The two team principals watch with sharp eyes as you overtake competitors with ease and display skills beyond your years. It’s clear you’re a natural.
As the checkered flag waves and you cross the finish line in P1, Max turns to Christian and Franz with anticipation. “What do you think?”
“She’s certainly got the talent.”
“And the lineage. Räikkönen skill is clearly in her DNA.”
Max smiles widely, “So ... Red Bull or AlphaTauri?”
Christian chuckles, “You’re quite the talent scout.”
Franz sighs, shaking his head but smiling, “We’ll have to discuss it of course. But I think either team would be lucky to have her.”
“I just have one question,” Christian interjects. “How is she not part of a development program already?”
Max shrugs, “Kimi didn’t want her to limit her options and have to wait around to break into Formula 1 by binding herself to a team that might not have any seats open for a while. Just thought you guys should see her in action.”
Christian pats Max on the back, “Good call. We’ll be in touch.”
As they walk away, Max sends a thumbs-up in your direction. You, still high on adrenaline and not yet aware of the high-profile spectators, simply return the gesture, wondering what the mischievous grin on Max’s face is all about and whether it should worry you.
I’m Coming Up
“Guess what?” You blurt out as soon as Max picks up the phone.
“You ate my hidden stash of stroopwafels?”
You roll your eyes even though he can’t see. “No, although that sounds tempting. I just signed with Red Bull to race for AlphaTauri next season!”
There’s a moment of silence before Max erupts, “I knew it! That is brilliant!”
Your smile widens at his enthusiasm. “Thanks. Thought you’d like to know.”
Max snickers, “You’ll be driving for Red Bull in no time, watch.”
You laugh through the speaker, “Oh? Ready for some actual competition?”
The seriousness with which he responds makes you pause for a second, “Absolutely. I’ve been bored without you to race against.”
“Careful what you wish for.”
He feigns offense, “You think I can’t handle the heat?”
“I’m just saying,” you tease, “that once I’m there, you better get used to the sight of my rear wing.”
Max laughs again, “I’ve missed your comebacks.”
“And I’ve missed using them against you,” you shoot back.
“Seriously though, congrats. I’m so excited to see where this takes you.”
You nibble your lip, “Thanks, Maxie. That means a lot coming from you.”
“Just don’t forget us little people when you’re taking F1 by storm, okay?”
You snort, “Little people? Last I checked, you’re taller than me. And probably the best driver of his generation.”
“Probably?”
“Well,” you draw out, “Charles Leclerc exists …”
“Y/N …” Max whines.
“Oh, don’t get your panties in a twist. It’s not like he’ll do much damage to you if Ferrari keeps up this pattern.”
You can almost hear Max’s pout through the phone. “Fine.”
“But,” you grin, “that doesn’t mean I won’t.”
“May the best driver win. Just promise not to leave me in the dust.”
You laugh, “No promises.”
Easy Choices
“All right, drivers, ready for some quick-fire questions?” The Red Bull social media coordinator asks, camera poised.
Max nods, “Born ready.”
You tighten your ponytail, “Let’s do this.”
Sergio and Pierre exchange amused glances, clearly anticipating the shenanigans ahead.
“First question,” the coordinator starts, “Which driver would you want to be stuck on a deserted island with?”
Without hesitation, you and Max respond in unison.
“Max.”
“Y/N.”
“Always so predictable,” Pierre laughs.
Sergio grins, “Afraid of a little competition?”
You raise an eyebrow with a smirk, “From you? Not particularly.”
The group erupts in laughter and Max adds, “It’s just logic. We’ve known each other the longest.”
The coordinator smiles, clearly enjoying the banter, “Okay, okay, next question. Who is most likely to get lost in a new city?”
Again, without missing a beat, both you and Max point to each other.
Sergio chuckles, “Clearly, there’s a pattern here.”
Pierre nods in mock seriousness, “And if you two ever do get stranded on that island, please send us a postcard.”
You laugh, “Deal.”
“Last question,” the coordinator announces, “Which driver do you think has the best taste in music?”
“Definitely not Max,” you shake your head.
“Excuse me? My playlist is legendary!”
Pierre chimes in, “If by legendary you mean questionable ...”
Sergio retorts, “At least it’s better than your love for French pop.”
“It’s cultured!”
As the session wraps up, the coordinator grins, “You two are a match made in racing heaven.”
You and Max laugh but both of you can’t help the way your cheeks warm at the comment or how you avoid meeting each other’s eyes on the way out of the studio.
The social media coordinator must spend so much time online that fans’ ships are getting to her too.
That’s clearly the only reason she would say that.
Nothing else.
Nope.
Tumblr media
Taglist: @ironmaiden1313 @ilovedreming @jamie2305 @reidsworld @notyouraveragemochii @faithm120601 @idkiwantchocolatee @cha-hot @formulaonemad3 @eugene-emt-roe @champomiel @topguncultleader @gods-menace @razielchrysanderoctavius @sainzluvrr @kimmchijjajang @imagandom @roseseraj @minkyungseokie @daniellarogers @that-aesthetic-chic @elijahslover @coffeewhore18 @glitterf1 @a-mixers-serenity @itsjustkhaos @leilanixx @scoobdoobdoob @lillianacristina @keii134 @olliesoakberry @ruleroftheuniverse @mellowarcadefun
2K notes · View notes
helianthus-tarot · 1 month
Text
Tumblr media
FUTURE SPOUSE: First event that will bring you two together
This can also apply to serious/long-term partners. There's info about your first meeting since we are talking about the first event here. I posted the extended version on my Patreon which includes the first thing(s) that will connect you two a.k.a what you guys will bond over 🫢❤️
Disclaimer: Here | Instagram: Here
Instructions: Focus on the topic and ask yourself the question. Choose a number/picture that you feel the most drawn to or that you can’t stop looking at. Trust your intuition. May the message resonate. Let me know which pile you choose! Feedback is appreciated!
Like my readings? Tip here!
Tumblr media
PILE 1
First event(s) that will bring you guys together: King of Swords, The Fool Rx, Knight of Wands. Queen of Pentacles, The High Priestess Rx (them). 10 of Swords, Knight of Pentacles (you). Growth.
It may be related to an exchange of ideas, or communicating ideas, especially solutions that lead to some type of breakthrough, progress, forward movement or growth. You will be taking the position of someone who is stressed out and exhausted, maybe you’ll have been dealing with a problem by the time you meet them. This problem could be about how to do something, how to progress, how to get a specific thing done. Some of you will have started something (e.g. a personal project), but then you encounter an obstacle (you won’t quite know how to progress). For others of you, the Universe itself will have started something for you (pushing you to start/end a stage of life, putting a certain event in your life) and you may find it very stressful to deal with. You will need support and I think your person will help you.
Your person will be taking the position of someone who has the necessary resources in this situation. The situation or the problem will be something they are familiar with or know how to deal with, it may be something within their domain. They could specialise in making things clearer, more practical, more in accordance with how things should be done or how things are usually done. You’ll have been having a lot of thoughts about this problem, it could also be an ‘analysis paralysis’ type of situation for some of you, you will be at your limit. They will help you using their resources, and this isn’t ‘words of encouragement’ kind of help, it feels more practical, organised and hands-on.
Your person could be a white-collar professional (private or government), a doctor, a consultant, a legal counsel, or a professor, academic advisor, an instructor; basically a person with authority and knowledge on what to do in that situation. For some of you, this meeting will be something that is planned by both of you. For example, you guys will plan to meet and discuss the problem; them being someone who can help plan solutions for you and you being someone who seeks a way out of your problem. You may not know each other’s names before the meeting, but you guys will expect the meeting itself. For others of you, the meeting will be unplanned, i.e. meeting each other at the right place, at the right time; you’ll be needing some help and they will be able to help.
The meeting itself may involve some travel. For some of you, it feels more like road travel, e.g. you having to go somewhere specific to meet them. But again, this is pretty normal. For others of you, this could be a situation that involves actual travelling or a trip; i.e. you want to travel somewhere but you are stuck at that place for whatever reason, and you have to talk with your person to solve the problem. This ‘discussion’ could happen in a building; like a company or a government branch, especially if this meeting is intentional. For many of you, it will be a one-to-one meeting. Your person will be taking the energies of all the court cards here, especially if they are the masculine, they may be accommodating (slightly warm, not totally cold) but very focused on their tasks. For others of you, this could involve multiple people, so for example, you could be discussing with other people (e.g. their coworkers) when your person walks into the room. It feels like you guys will be talking about strategies and plans. It may be quick, but there will be a clear direction being taken in this meeting.
The meeting may happen when the sky is cloudy, seemingly about to rain. For some of you, the meeting will happen again with the same purpose (to solve the problem, to help you), but every time it happens, it will be straight to the task and focused on the agenda. The meeting(s) may also feel empowering, maybe because you will need that solution/direction, or that support. For some of you, it may happen in the summer, for others of you it may happen in the winter.
EXTENDED VERSION IS ON PATREON! The first thing(s) that will connect you two! 🫢❤️ Will you guys bond over difficult experiences? Trust issues? Similar hobbies? Career success? And how will it happen? Find out here! 👀📝
Tumblr media
PILE 2
First event(s) that will bring you guys together: King of Cups, 2 of Pentacles, 10 of Cups. Temperance, 7 of Swords (them). Strength, Queen of Cups, Page of Pentacles (you). Determination.
You guys will probably meet in a social gathering / event. I think it will be a personal event where people get together to connect with one another, to mingle, relax and have fun (instead of a business or career-related event). It feels more like a family gathering, or an event held by someone you know / are close to. There is a baby in one of the cards, so it could be a baby shower, a birthday or a wedding. I’m not sure how your person will end up attending the same event though, maybe it’s a ‘friend to a friend to a friend’ situation lol.
For some of you, this may also be something new for you. Attending this kind of event may not be your thing; you haven’t done it much or maybe you don’t socialise often, but you’ll choose to teach yourself to do it (and get used to it). It feels a little like ‘stepping out of your comfort zone’ kind of activity for you personally, with a focus on growth or self-improvement. For example, if it’s your coworker’s event, you could choose to attend because you want to nurture that relationship and learn to be more open.
What will bring you two together is you guys’ own effort to connect with each other. Both of you will be feeling quite open that day. They could have a romantic interest in you right away, but their energy here is more focused on investigating (you), being wise about this, and taking it easy. Perhaps they’ll do this to make sure they don’t get themself into a problematic situation, and to make sure they can trust that you are indeed who you show yourself to be. They could be watching you first; how you interact with people or how you act in that environment, before approaching. Your person will have the intention to get something more out of your interaction with each other, but at the same time they won’t approach this with a very desperate or hopeful energy either, they won’t force the connection to happen, they will be patient and mature about it. For some of you, they may try to hide their intention from other people, so other people may not know about you two keeping in touch with each other after the event.
You could bring something to the event; like a gift, or food, or money to be given. Some of you will also help your friend/etc make their event smoother, for example, helping them arrange the gifts or helping the other guests (you’ll just want to help). When your person approaches you (I think they will, especially if they are the masculine), you will be romantically interested in them but at the same time you will be pretty relaxed about it. You won’t be getting ahead of yourself or immediately getting emotionally invested in the connection. You will be feeling very secure in yourself, very in your heart space, emotionally mature and stable. Honestly, instead of desperate or clingy,this whole meeting / interaction feels measured and chill (your person’s energy feels slightly cautious tho). You guys will talk about the event, the people, why you guys are there or how you are related to the event organiser, things that will be happening at that time, etc. There will be multiple things that happen in the event, both of you may be sitting and watching those things happen, and just talking with each other. I forgot what it’s called, but usually there’s a brochure given to guests detailing when / at what time a certain activity will happen.
The sky will be very clear and bright that day. This could be an outdoor event / gathering. Near a body of water for some of you, like the beach, a lake, or simply a water fountain. There will be food, or a lot of growth / trees / flowers around you. If it happens on a private property, the owner could have a pet, maybe a cat. It could happen in the spring or summer. A little warm, but not to the point of making you two feel uncomfortable and sweaty.
EXTENDED VERSION IS ON PATREON! The first thing(s) that will connect you two! 🫢❤️ Will you guys bond over difficult experiences? Trust issues? Similar hobbies? Career success? And how will it happen? Find out here! 👀📝
Tumblr media
PILE 3
First event(s) that will bring you guys together: 3 of Cups, 6 of Wands, The Hermit (Queen of Pentacles). Justice, 3 of Swords (them). 8 of Cups, Page of Cups (you). Determination.
Similar to the previous pile, the meeting will happen when you both are out and socialising. This one feels more like a hangout place though; e.g. eating at a restaurant with your friend group, going to the club, dancing and karaoke, or laughing and talking merrily with one another. For some of you, you could be alone (instead of with your friends), just going out and having fun on your own. You will be celebrating some kind of success that you and/or your group have gained.
For example, it could be a celebration that you have after a big examination, or after the end of a tedious and long interview process (some big companies make candidates take more than 5 interviews to get a job), etc. You will have been quite focused on it, whatever it is, and this has made you quite solitary (i.e. cooped up in one place doing the same thing), so you celebrate by going out. For a few of you, this could also be a gathering to celebrate the success of a work project; a group dinner with coworkers after the completion of a project, but the vibe may be quite casual or at least business casual.
Your person could be one of the people in the group. You guys may have known each other before this event, but this will be the first event where you two can properly connect or talk with each other. For others of you, they could be a stranger, i.e. a patron or customer there. Your person will have a very straightforward way of communicating, no frills, they may not use many filler words when they talk. They will also be very honest about their intention and/or what they are looking for at that time, on that day. They won’t have any romantic intentions, to be honest. For some of you, your person could also talk about their past disappointment in romance. For others of you, they will be honest about not wanting to pursue anything romantic with you (or anyone else), and they could say it’s because they have just gotten out of a relationship, or they aren’t in the right place for that, or it will be hard for you two to make it work. If you guys keep in touch with each other after the event, it may be for other purposes, like sex or other things.
Many of you will be attracted to them, romantically. You’ll be curious about exploring this connection. But after the event, you will feel like it’s a lost cause (impossible to happen), maybe because of what they tell you. However, some of you will still have sex with this person after, just without much hope that it goes anywhere. Your person could be the masculine in this connection, if not, just swap the roles. Apart from those of you who will have sex with your person, I don’t think anything much will come out of this meeting. So I asked how this whole connection would progress. You got The Emperor, 5 of Cups and 10 of Swords. I think for many of you, your person will eventually regret their decision. For another group of you, your person will have to deal with their issues first before anything can start between you two. I guess this event came up in this reading simply because it’s either your first meeting with each other, or first time having a revealing conversation with each other (e.g. a conversation about yourselves and what you two are looking for).
The cards are pretty bright so if it happens at night, it will be somewhere with a lot of lights, if it’s during the day it may happen late afternoon, 5PM - 7PM kind of vibe and could be somewhere outdoors; for example, if it’s at a restaurant, it will be on the patio or outdoor dining area. During the rainy season (especially those of you who don’t experience four seasons), or in the summer.
EXTENDED VERSION IS ON PATREON! The first thing(s) that will connect you two! 🫢❤️ Will you guys bond over difficult experiences? Trust issues? Similar hobbies? Career success? And how will it happen? Find out here! 👀📝
Tumblr media
PILE 4
First event(s) that will bring you guys together: 8 of Cups, The Tower Rx (Knight of Pentacles), Ace of Cups. 6 of Swords Rx, 10 of Wands, 6 of Pentacles, 9 of Pentacles (you). Judgment Rx, 5 of Swords (them).
You guys got reversed cards that feel a bit odd to me, for some reason, so I think both of you will not realise this meeting for what it is, you may not think you are dealing with your future spouse here and them you. There are two main subgroups in this pile.
For the first group of you; you and your person will be caught up in your own things when this meeting happens, so this could be an accidental meeting. You may not be in a good place (mentally and emotionally) when you guys meet, but you will have the desire to get better. The physical aspect of the meeting isn’t very clear unfortunately, so I can’t say if this will be at a restaurant or a government building etc like I could in previous piles. For some of you, it will be a place you go to when you aren’t feeling well emotionally, when you want to have some time to yourself to accept your unpleasant reality (at that time), like going to a pub / club, drinking and thinking about your fate, or sitting on a wooden bench in the park lamenting your situation, or something bigger like taking a trip somewhere to help you run / move on from whatever pain you will be dealing with at that time. For example, finding out your partner (not your future spouse) is betraying you and you taking some time away to process the pain, before going back home to address that situation and initiate a break up. You could meet your future spouse on that trip.
This could also happen online for some of you; you will end up talking with your person or seeking comfort from them, they could be a stranger online, or someone you aren’t close to online. And if this is the case, the contact will happen several times. Regardless of where you’ll ‘meet’ each other (physically or online), since you will be dealing with a problem at that time, your person may feel like they have to hold themself back from saying what they truly think about your situation. For some of you in this group, your interaction with each other could make things worse, since the timing or the situation isn’t appropriate. For example, you may be in a relationship with another person at that time, or you will have a lot of things on your plate to deal with (or your person will, but I feel like it’s you who will be dealing with something in your life here). If they develop a crush on you, they may think it’s inappropriate for them to confess. So for this group, I think you guys will part ways at some point for a while.
For another group of you, just a few of you, the meeting itself is shrouded in that vibe. Maybe an accident will happen that involves you two (like, a car accident), but you guys will just want to move on from it and be emotionally mature, instead of blowing things out of proportion by having a row right then and there. You both will decide to think positively about each other, despite the negativity surrounding the meeting. You will focus on what you can do in that situation (e.g. you could offer to pay for the damage), they will focus on holding themself back from saying things they would regret or things that could offend you. You guys will keep in touch with each other from that point onwards, at first you will kinda have to do so, in order to solve the problem between you two.
Anyway regardless of what event it will be exactly, since it’ll be slightly different for everyone, the core of the message here is that you both will want to move on from something that will have happened and will not want to stay in a situation that can get worse (or not wanting to make the situation worse than it already is). This first contact / conversation could happen at night, or dusk, or when the sky is dark. I’m not seeing rain though. It could happen when it’s a bit cold. Late summer or autumn. I’m not getting anymore than this, let me know if the cards make you think of anything else, the energy is kinda confusing. I wonder if a lot of you (or your person) are water signs or have water influence.
EXTENDED VERSION IS ON PATREON! The first thing(s) that will connect you two! 🫢❤️ Will you guys bond over difficult experiences? Trust issues? Similar hobbies? Career success? And how will it happen? Find out here! 👀📝
Tumblr media
646 notes · View notes